Free Shipping on Equipment & Parts orders of $200 or more! * Click for Restrictions

Have a question? 800-440-6723 International: 803-252-0100

English Se habla español
Parts › PartFinder › Advance SC500 › Service manual
Form 9099984000, Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G)
Advance · Floor scrubber service manual

Advance SC500 Service Manual

9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G)201 pagesAdvance 9087352020 SC500 X20 B, 9087353020 SC500 X20R B, 9087354020 SC500 20D B, 9087403020 SC500 X20 B V, 9087405020 SC500 X20R B V, 9087404020 SC500 20D B V; Nilfisk 9087350020 SC500 53 B FULL PKG, 9087351020 SC500 53 B, 9087355020 SC500 53R B, 9087400020 SC500 53 B FULL PKG V, 9087401020 SC500 53 B V, 9087402020 SC500 53R B V
Before first use: charge the batteries overnight before you run the machine the first time.
Free to read, no account neededEvery page has its own linkPart numbers link to the part
SERVICE MANUAL

SC500 service manual

Nilfisk SC500 walk-behind floor scrubber seen from the front left: dark gray body, light gray recovery tank cover, handlebar with control panel at the rear and the round disc brush deck at the bottom
Nilfisk SC500

Advance model numbers:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌⁠​⁠‌⁠⁠‌‌‍‌‌⁠⁠​‍⁠‌‍​‍​‌

  • 9087352020 SC500 X20 B
  • 9087353020 SC500 X20R B
  • 9087354020 SC500 20D B
  • 9087403020 SC500 X20 B V
  • 9087405020 SC500 X20R B V
  • 9087404020 SC500 20D B V

Nilfisk model numbers:

  • 9087350020 SC500 53 B FULL PKG
  • 9087351020 SC500 53 B
  • 9087355020 SC500 53R B
  • 9087400020 SC500 53 B FULL PKG V
  • 9087401020 SC500 53 B V
  • 9087402020 SC500 53R B V

English

01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G) Form No. 9099984000

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 1, used with permission. SES ref PF-7GSS-BGN6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌⁠​⁠‌⁠⁠‌‌‍‌‌⁠⁠​‍⁠‌‍​‍​‌
01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G) Form No. 9099984000Page 1 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Contents

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 2, used with permission. SES ref PF-MBVI-64NV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‍​‌‌‌‍‍​‍​‍‌‍​‌‍⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 2 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Contents (continued)

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 3, used with permission. SES ref PF-BWVG-VFNC‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‍​​‍​⁠‍‌‌‌​‌​‌​‌​‍⁠⁠​​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 3 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Contents (continued)

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 4, used with permission. SES ref PF-EAVP-6MNA‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌​​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​⁠⁠‍⁠‍‌​⁠⁠⁠‌​‍‍⁠‍‍⁠‍⁠‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 4 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Contents (continued)

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 5, used with permission. SES ref PF-R3X2-A2FG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​‍⁠​‍‌⁠​‍‍​‌⁠​‌⁠‍⁠‌‍‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 5 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

03 - General information

In shortThe SC500 is a battery-powered, walk-behind scrubber-dryer that washes and dries a floor in one pass, with either a disc brush deck or a REV deck. This manual is for technicians doing maintenance and repairs. If you need a part or a hand with a repair, call us at 800-440-6723.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍⁠​‍​⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠‌‍‍‍​⁠‍⁠‍​‍

Machine general description

The SC500 is a “walk-behind” industrial machine designed to wash and dry floors in one pass. The machine is powered by on-board batteries, models can be equipped with EcoFlex system. The machine features variable floor pressure disc brush or REV system, controlled detergent solution dosing and a rear squeegee with rubber blades that vacuums and dries the floor.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍⁠​‍​⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠‌‍‍‍​⁠‍⁠‍​‍

Service manual purpose and field of application

The Service Manual is a technical resource intended to help service technicians when carrying out maintenance and repairs on the SC500, to guarantee the best cleaning performance and a long working life for the machine.

Please read this manual carefully before performing any maintenance and repair procedure on the machine.

Other reference manuals

ModelForm No.
Instructions for Use, Advance Brand9099980000
Instructions for Use, Nilfisk Brand9099974000
Parts List, Advance Brand9099981000
Parts List, Nilfisk Brand9099975000
Nilfisk Lithium-Ion Battery Module Service Manual56043180
Assembly InstructionsInstruction CodeMachines concerned
EcoFlex Kit9100000923SC500 Nilfisk
Battery charger kit9100000924SC500 Nilfisk
Vacuum system motor kit9100000753All SC500
TrackClean9100000057All SC500
Lithium-Ion Battery Module Kit9100003105SC500 with magnetic key

These manuals are available at:

  • Local Advance or Nilfisk retailer
  • Advance website: www.advance-us.com
  • Nilfisk website: www.nilfisk.com
  • EZ-Data application
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 6, used with permission. SES ref PF-26CN-5CSG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍⁠​‍​⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠‌‍‍‍​⁠‍⁠‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 6 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Conventions

Forward, backward, front, rear, left or right are intended with reference to the operator’s position, that is to say in driving position.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠‌​‍‍⁠⁠​‌⁠‍‌⁠⁠⁠‌​​​⁠​‌

Name plate

Reference to Figure 1

The machine serial number and model name are marked on the plate (see the example to the side).

Model nuumber and year of production (Date code: A17, as January 2017) are marked on the same plate.

Machine rear view with a callout to the name plate. The plate reads: Model Scrubber-Dryer SC500 20 B, Model No. 9087352020, Serial No. blank, Date code blank, GVW 207 kg/456 lb, IPX4, LpA 63 dB(A), 21 A, Charg. 100-240 Vac 50-60 Hz, Battery 24 Vdc, Type E Scrubber Dryer, conforms to UL 583, certified to CSA C22.2 N.68-92, ETL and Intertek 3084826, 2% slope symbol, Made in Hungary, Nilfisk-Advance, Inc., Plymouth, MN, USA, www.advance-us.com
Fig. 1

Name plate text as printed in the example: GVW 456 lb (207 kg). Slope limit 2%. Battery 24 Vdc. Charger input 100-240 Vac, 50-60 Hz. Rating 21 A.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 7, used with permission. SES ref PF-ZLOR-UBWE‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠‌​‍‍⁠⁠​‌⁠‍‌⁠⁠⁠‌​​​⁠​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 7 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Safety

The following symbols indicate potentially dangerous situations. Always read this information carefully and take all necessary precautions to safeguard people and property.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​‍‌⁠‌​‌​‍​​‌‌​⁠‍​​‌⁠⁠⁠

Visible symbols on the machine

Two square symbols side by side: a warning triangle with an exclamation mark, and an open book with an information mark
Read-the-instructions symbol
WARNING: Carefully read all the instructions before performing any operation on the machine.
Round prohibition symbol: a crossed-out jet of water spraying onto a surface
No water jets symbol
WARNING: Do not wash the machine with direct or pressurized water jets.
Operator pushing a scrubber up a slope marked max. 2%
Maximum slope symbol
WARNING: Do not use the machine on slopes with a gradient exceeding the specifications.

The maximum gradient when working is 2% (see page 14).

Symbols

The following symbols are used to help you recognize the information concerning the safety and the prevention of problems.

DANGER: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Note: Indicates an important informational message.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 8, used with permission. SES ref PF-6PRD-2W4R‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​‍‌⁠‌​‌​‍​​‌‌​⁠‍​​‌⁠⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 8 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

General safety instructions

Specific warnings and cautions to inform about potential damages to people and machine are shown below.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍⁠​‌‍‌‌​⁠⁠‍‌⁠⁠‍‍‌​​⁠‌⁠​

DANGER: Before performing any maintenance, repair, cleaning or replacement procedure, remove the ignition key and disconnect the battery connector).
  • This machine must be used by properly trained operators only.
  • Do not wear jewels when working near electrical components.
  • Do not work under the lifted machine without supporting it with safety stands.
  • Do not operate the machine near toxic, dangerous, flammable and/or explosive powders, liquids or vapors: This machine is not suitable for collecting dangerous powders.
  • When using lead (WET) batteries, keep sparks, flames and smoking materials away from the batteries. During the normal operation explosive gases are released.
  • When using lead (WET) batteries, battery charging produces highly explosive hydrogen gas. During battery charging, lift the recovery tank and perform this procedure in well-ventilated areas and away from naked flames.
CAUTION: Carefully read all the instructions before performing any maintenance/repair procedure.
  • The machine ignition key has a built-in magnet. Do not place objects having magnetic bands (such as credit cards, electronic keys, phone cards) near the key. The built-in magnet can damage or erase the data stored on the magnetic bands.
  • Before using the battery charger, ensure that frequency and voltage values, indicated on the machine serial number plate, match the electrical mains voltage.
  • Do not pull or carry the machine by the battery charger cable and never use the battery charger cable as a handle. Do not close a door on the battery charger cable, or pull the battery charger cable around sharp edges or corners. Do not run the machine on the battery charger cable.
  • Keep the battery charger cable away from heated surfaces.
  • Do not charge the batteries if the battery charger cable or the plug are damaged.
  • To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or injury, do not leave the machine unattended when it is plugged in. Before performing any maintenance procedure, disconnect the battery charger cable from the electrical mains.
  • Do not smoke while charging the batteries.
  • To avoid any unauthorized use of the machine, remove the ignition key.
  • Do not leave the machine unattended without being sure that it cannot move independently.
  • Always protect the machine against the sun, rain and bad weather, both under operation and inactivity condition. Store the machine indoors, in a dry place: This machine must not be used or stored outdoors in wet conditions.
  • Before using the machine, close all doors and/or covers as shown in the User Manual.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 9, used with permission. SES ref PF-BQ3I-STVB‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍⁠​‌‍‌‌​⁠⁠‍‌⁠⁠‍‍‌​​⁠‌⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 9 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
CAUTION: (continued from page 9)
  • This machine is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the machine by a person responsible for they safety.
  • Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the machine.
  • Close attention is necessary when used near children. Use only as shown in this Manual. Use only Nilfisk or Advance recommended accessories.
  • Check the machine carefully before each use, always check that all the components have been properly assembled before use. If the machine is not perfectly assembled it can cause damages to people and properties.
  • Take all necessary precautions to prevent hair, jewels and loose clothes from being caught by the machine moving parts.
  • Do not use the machine on incline.
  • Do not tilt the machine more than the angle indicated on the machine itself, in order to prevent instability.
  • Do not use the machine in particularly dusty areas.
  • Use the machine only where a proper lighting is provided.
  • While using this machine, take care not to cause damage to people or objects.
  • Do not bump into shelves or scaffoldings, especially where there is a risk of falling objects.
  • Do not lean liquid containers on the machine, use the relevant can holder.
  • The machine operating temperature must be between 32 °F and 104 °F (0 °C and +40 °C).
  • The machine storage temperature must be between 32 °F and 104 °F (0 °C and +40 °C).
  • The humidity must be between 30% and 95%.
  • When using floor cleaning detergents, follow the instructions on the labels of the detergent bottles.
  • To handle floor cleaning detergents, wear suitable gloves and protections.
  • Do not use the machine as a means of transport.
  • Do not allow the brush/pad to operate while the machine is stationary to avoid damaging the floor.
  • In case of fire, use a powder fire extinguisher, not a water one.
  • Do not tamper with the machine safety guards and follow the ordinary maintenance instructions scrupulously.
  • Do not allow any object to enter into the openings. Do not use the machine if the openings are clogged. Always keep the openings free from dust, hairs and any other foreign material which could reduce the air flow.
  • Do not remove or modify the plates affixed to the machine.
  • When the machine is to be pushed for service reasons (missing or discharged batteries, etc.), the speed must not exceed 2.5 mi/h (4 km/h).
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 10, used with permission. SES ref PF-VBWU-JZYA‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‌‌‌‍‌‌‍​​‌‌​​‌‍‍‌⁠⁠⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 10 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
CAUTION: (continued from page 10)
  • This machine cannot be used on roads or public streets.
  • Pay attention during machine transportation when temperature is below freezing point. The water in the recovery tank or in the hoses could freeze and seriously damage the machine.
  • Use brushes and pads supplied with the machine or those specified in the User Manual. Using other brushes or pads could reduce safety.
  • In case of machine malfunctions, ensure that these are not due to lack of maintenance. If necessary, request assistance from the authorised personnel or from an authorised Service Center.
  • If parts must be replaced, require ORIGINAL spare parts from an Authorised Dealer or Retailer.
  • To ensure machine proper and safe operation, the scheduled maintenance shown in the relevant chapter of this Manual, must be performed by the authorised personnel or by an authorised Service Center.
  • Do not wash the machine with direct or pressurised water jets, or with corrosive substances.
  • The machine must be disposed of properly, because of the presence of toxic-harmful materials (batteries, etc.), which are subject to standards that require disposal in special centres.

Lithium-ion battery module safety instructions

Specific warnings and cautions to inform about potential damages to people and machine are shown below.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍​‍‍⁠‌‍‌⁠⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍⁠‌​⁠​‌​​

DANGER: Before performing any maintenance, repair, cleaning or replacement procedure on the cleaning machine turn of the battery pack by taking off the reader key and disconnect the battery pack using the large power connector.
  • Do not wear jewelry when working near electrical components.
  • Read all safety warnings and all instructions. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions may result in electrical shock, fire and/or serious injury.
CAUTION: Carefully read all the instructions before performing any maintenance/repair procedure.
  • Do not use any other type of batteries; only use the one supplied with the machine or its original spare part.
  • Before each use, check if it’s damaged.
  • Do not soak in liquids.
  • Recharge only with the charger specified by the manufacturer. A charger that is suitable for one type of battery pack may create a risk of fire when used with another battery pack.
  • Under abusive conditions, liquid may be ejected from the battery; avoid contact. If contact accidentally occurs, flush with water. lf liquid contacts eyes, additionally seek medical help. Liquid ejected from the battery may cause irritation or burns.
  • When battery pack is not in use, keep it away from other metal objects, like paper clips, coins, keys, nails, screws or other small metal objects that can make a connection from one terminal to another. Shorting the battery terminals together may cause burns or a fire.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 11, used with permission. SES ref PF-L4L3-RWKF‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍​‍‍⁠‌‍‌⁠⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍⁠‌​⁠​‌​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 11 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
CAUTION: (continued from page 11)
  • Do not use a battery pack or appliance that is damaged or modified. Damaged or modified batteries may exhibit unpredictable behavior resulting in fire, explosion or risk of injury. Follow all charging instructions and do not charge the battery pack or appliance outside of the temperature range specified in the instructions. Charging improperly or at temperatures outside of the specified range may damage the battery and increase the risk of fire.
  • Do not expose a battery pack or appliance to fire or excessive temperature. Exposure to fire or temperature above 266 °F (130 °C) may cause explosion.
  • Have servicing performed by a qualified repair person using only identical replacement parts. This will ensure that the safety of the product is maintained.
  • Do not modify or attempt to repair the the battery pack.
  • Do not store, use or recharge in environments with a temperature higher than 113 °F (45 °C).
  • Do not recharge with temperatures lower than 32 °F (0 °C).
  • Due to the risk of short-circuit, do not store the battery with metal objects.
  • If the battery is damaged, take it to a Nilfisk Service Centre.
  • Before decommissioning the machine, remove the battery.
  • Store the battery charger in a dry place.
  • If the battery charger or the cable are wet, do not use it.
  • Do not use the battery charger in environments where there are flammable powders and/or explosive materials.
  • Only handle the loose battery charger by its lifting handle.
  • Do not cover the battery charger.
  • Always use the battery charger supplied with the machine or the original spare part.
  • Disconnect the battery pack from the appliance before making any adjustments, changing accessories, or storing appliance. Such preventive safety measures reduce the risk of starting the appliance accidentally.
  • Use appliances only with specifically designated battery packs. Use of any other battery packs may create a risk of injury and fire.
  • Keep the battery pack, including the ventilation channels and contact areas clean from dirt and moisture. Avoid that dirt and moisture is getting inside the battery pack during cleaning.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 12, used with permission. SES ref PF-AN2K-NQQJ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌​‌‌‌‌‌‍⁠‌​​​‌​‌‌‍​‍‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 12 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Lifting the machine

WARNING: Do not work under the lifted machine without supporting it with safety stands.

Transporting the machine

WARNING: Before transporting the machine, make sure that:
  • All covers are closed.
  • The recovery tank and the detergent tank are empty.
  • The batteries are disconnected.
  • The ignition key is removed.
  • The machine is securely fastened to the means of transport.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 13, used with permission. SES ref PF-WYW4-DOFV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠​‍‍‌‍‍‌​⁠⁠​​‌⁠‌‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 13 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Technical specifications

Specifications continue on page 15. Where a row spans both columns the value is the same for the disc (DISC) and REV versions.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‌​‌‌‌‍⁠‌‍‍​⁠‍​‌‌‌‌​⁠‌⁠

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Solution tank capacity12 US gal (45 liters)
Recovery tank capacity12 US gal (45 liters)
Machine length50.3 in (1277 mm)51.2 in (1302 mm)
Machine width with squeegee28.3 in (720 mm)
Machine width without squeegee21 in (532 mm)21.2 in (538 mm)
Machine height41.8 in (1063 mm)
Cleaning width20 in (530 mm)
Driving wheel diameter7.8 in (200 mm)
Driving wheel specific pressure on the floor (*)101 psi (0.7 N/mm2)
Rear wheel diameter3.1 in (80 mm)
Rear wheel specific pressure on the floor (*)304 psi (2.1 N/mm2)
Brush/pad diameter20 in (530/508 mm)
Brush pressure with extra-pressure function turned off33 lb (15 kg)49 lb (22 kg)
Brush pressure with extra-pressure function turned on66 lb (30 kg)66 lb (30 kg)
Solution flow values0.75 cl/m (0.077 fl oz/ft) / 1.5 cl/m (0.155 fl oz/ft)
3.0 cl/m (0.31 fl oz/ft) / 0.74 gal/min (2.8 l/min)
0.38 cl/m (0.039 fl oz/ft) / 0.75 cl/m (0.077 fl oz/ft)
1.5 cl/m (0.155 fl oz/ft) / 0.74 gal/min (2.8 l/min)
EcoFlex system detergent percentageRatio 1:400 ÷ 1:33 (0.25% ÷ 3%)
Sound pressure level at workstation (ISO 11201, ISO 4871, EN 60335-2-72) (LpA)63 ± 3 dB(A)65 ± 3 dB(A)
Sound pressure level at workstation in silent mode (LpA)60 ± 3 dB(A)61 ± 3 dB(A)
Machine sound power level (ISO 3744, ISO 4871, EN 60335-2-72) (LwA)81 dB(A)83 dB(A)
Vibration level at the operator’s arms (ISO 5349-1, EN 60335-2-72)< 98.4 in/s2 (< 2.5 m/s2)
Maximum gradient when working2%
Drive system motor power0.27 hp (200 W)
Drive speed (variable)0 - 3.1 mi/h (0 - 5 km/h)
Vacuum system motor power0.37 hp (280 W)
Vacuum system circuit capacity29.9 in H2O (760 mm H2O)
Brush motor power0.6 hp (450 W)0.9 HP (670 W)
Brush rotation speed155 rpm-
Total power draw (EN 60335-2-72)0.7 hp (500 W)
IP protection classX4
Protection class (electric)III (I for the battery charger)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 14, used with permission. SES ref PF-6ICD-GDH3‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‌​‌‌‌‍⁠‌‍‍​⁠‍​‌‌‌‌​⁠‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 14 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Technical specifications (continued)

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Battery compartment size13.7x13.7x10.2 in (350x350x260 mm)
System Nominal Voltage24V
Standard batteries (2)12V 105 AhC5
Lithium Ion battery (1- 3 modules)24V,64 Ah, 1554 Wh (Each module)
Battery charger24V 13A
Operating time (standard batteries) (EN 60335-2-72)3.5 hour
Operating time (Lithium-Ion batteries)3 hours and 30 mins /module
Weight without batteries and with empty tanks187 lb (85 kg)194 lb (88 kg)
Gross vehicle weight (GVW) (standard batteries)456 lb (207 kg)463 lb (210 kg)
Weight of Lithium Ion battery kit with one module92.6 lb (42 kg)
Shipping weight (standard batteries)256 lb (116 kg)262 lb (119 kg)
Shipping weight (Lithium-Ion batteries)280 lb (127 kg)287 lb (130 kg)

(*) Machines have been tested under the following conditions:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍‍‍⁠​​​​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍‌‍‌⁠​‌

  • Battery maximum size
  • Maximum brush and squeegee size
  • Full detergent tank
  • Optional equipment installed
  • Wheel weight checked
  • Print on the floor checked on cement for each single wheel
  • Result expressed as maximum value for both front and rear wheels
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 15, used with permission. SES ref PF-RFEH-3TFY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​​⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍‍‍⁠​​​​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍‌‍‌⁠​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 15 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance schedule

In the printed table a shaded cell marks how often each procedure is done. The interval for each row is listed in the last column below.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​​​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍‍‌⁠‍‌‍‍​‍‍⁠⁠⁠‍‌⁠‍‌⁠‍‌

ProcedureDaily, after useWeekly/ MonthlyEvery 6 MonthsAnnuallyInterval
Battery charging●Daily, after use
Squeegee cleaning●Daily, after use
Brush/pad cleaning●Daily, after use
Recovery tank and debris tray cleaning, and cover gasket check●Daily, after use
EcoFlex system cleaning and draining●Weekly/Monthly
Squeegee blade check●Weekly/Monthly
Solution Filter Cleaning●Weekly/Monthly
Battery (WET) fluid level check●Weekly/Monthly
Squeegee blade replacement Parts ›●Every 6 Months
Brush motor carbon brush check or replacement Parts ›●Annually
Drive system motor carbon brush check or replacement●Annually
Brush deck vibration-damper replacement (only for REV version)●Annually
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 16, used with permission. SES ref PF-4L5M-EBL6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​​​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍‍‌⁠‍‌‍‍​‍‍⁠⁠⁠‍‌⁠‍‌⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 16 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Know your machine

Control panel Disc deck (Model No.: 9087352020, 9087354020, 9087350020, 9087351020)

Control panel with a display at the top center, EcoFlex, vacuum, detergent flow and detergent percentage push-buttons on the left, start/stop button at the bottom center, scrub, brush release and speed push-buttons on the right, and the key slot at the bottom center
Fig. 2

Labels on Fig. 2:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌​​⁠⁠‍‍‌‍‌‍‌‌⁠‌⁠‍​‌‍‍​

  • Display
  • EcoFlex system push-button
  • Vacuum system adjustment/deactivation push-button
  • Detergent flow adjustment push-button
  • Detergent percentage adjustment push-button
  • Machine start/stop push-button
  • One-Touch Scrub ON/OFF push-button
  • Brush release push-button
  • Machine speed adjustment push-buttons
  • Machine ignition key
  • Operator key (grey)
  • Super user key (yellow)

Control panel REV deck (Model No.: 9087353020, 9087355020)

Control panel with a display at the top center, EcoFlex, vacuum, detergent flow and detergent percentage push-buttons on the left, start/stop button at the bottom center, scrub, REV function and speed push-buttons on the right, and the key slot at the bottom center
Fig. 3

Labels on Fig. 3:

  • Display
  • EcoFlex system push-button
  • Vacuum system adjustment/deactivation push-button
  • Detergent flow adjustment push-button
  • Detergent percentage adjustment push-button
  • Machine start/stop push-button
  • One-Touch Scrub ON/OFF push-button
  • REV function push-button
  • Machine speed adjustment push-buttons
  • Machine ignition key
  • Operator key (grey)
  • Super user key (yellow)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 17, used with permission. SES ref PF-TTR4-GTYD‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌​​⁠⁠‍‍‌‍‌‍‌‌⁠‌⁠‍​‌‍‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 17 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Control panel Disc deck (Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020,9087401020)

Control panel with a display at the top center, EcoFlex, vacuum, detergent flow and detergent percentage push-buttons on the left, start/stop button at the bottom center, scrub, brush release and speed push-buttons on the right, and the smart key reader at the bottom center with a magnetic smart key beside it
Fig. 4

Labels on Fig. 4:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌​​​‍‍‌​​‍⁠‍‌‌‌⁠⁠‌‌‌​⁠⁠

  • Display
  • EcoFlex system push-button
  • Vacuum system adjustment/deactivation push-button
  • Detergent flow adjustment push-button
  • Detergent percentage adjustment push-button
  • Machine start/stop push-button
  • One-Touch Scrub ON/OFF push-button
  • Brush release push-button
  • Machine speed adjustment push-buttons
  • Smart key reader
  • Magnetic smart key (Blue = User, Yellow = Supervisor)

Control panel REV deck (Model No.: 9087405020, 9087402020)

Control panel with a display at the top center, EcoFlex, vacuum, detergent flow and detergent percentage push-buttons on the left, start/stop button at the bottom center, scrub, REV function and speed push-buttons on the right, and the smart key reader at the bottom center with a magnetic smart key beside it
Fig. 5

Labels on Fig. 5:

  • Display
  • EcoFlex system push-button
  • Vacuum system adjustment/deactivation push-button
  • Detergent flow adjustment push-button
  • Detergent percentage adjustment push-button
  • Machine start/stop push-button
  • One-Touch Scrub ON/OFF push-button
  • REV function push-button
  • Machine speed adjustment push-buttons
  • Smart key reader
  • Magnetic smart key (Blue = User, Yellow = Supervisor)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 18, used with permission. SES ref PF-CNXS-TBDR‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌​​​‍‍‌​​‍⁠‍‌‌‌⁠⁠‌‌‌​⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 18 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Know your machine (continued)

Rear three-quarter view of the machine with each part labeled: recovery tank cover, handlebar with control panel, battery charger and cable, tank lifting handle, solution drain hose, serial number plate, solution filter and tap, rear pivoting wheels, squeegee with its lifting pedal, adjusting knob and mounting handwheels
Fig. 6

Labels on Fig. 6, left side:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠‌⁠⁠‍​‍⁠‍‍​‌‍‌‍‌​⁠​‍‌‍

  • Can holder
  • Recovery tank cover
  • Battery charger
  • Tank lifting handle
  • Solution drain and level check hose
  • Serial number plate/technical data/conformity certification
  • Solution filter
  • Solution tap
  • Rear pivoting wheels

Labels on Fig. 6, right side:

  • Drive handlebar
  • Forward/reverse gear and activation paddle
  • Control panel
  • Battery charger cable
  • Battery charger cable housing and document holder
  • Recovery water drain hose
  • Battery connector (red)
  • Squeegee vacuum hose
  • Squeegee lifting/lowering pedal
  • Squeegee adjusting knob
  • Squeegee mounting handwheels
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 19, used with permission. SES ref PF-RBIL-7WM7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠‌⁠⁠‍​‍⁠‍‍​‌‍‌‍‌​⁠​‍‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 19 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Know your machine (continued)

Cutaway view of the machine with the recovery tank cover open, showing the debris tray, vacuum grid, vacuum motor, batteries, solution tank, EcoFlex detergent tank, squeegee, front driving wheels, disc brush deck with brush and, below, the REV deck with REV brush
Fig. 7

Labels on Fig. 7, left side:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌⁠⁠⁠​‍‍‍‌‌‌‍​‍⁠‌‍⁠‍⁠⁠‌​​

  • Debris collection tank
  • Detergent solution tank side filler cap
  • Vacuum grid with automatic shut-off float
  • Solution tank
  • Recovery tank
  • Batteries
  • Squeegee
  • Front driving wheels

Labels on Fig. 7, right side:

  • Recovery tank cover
  • Vacuum system motor
  • Detergent solution tank front filler
  • Water removable filler hose
  • EcoFlex detergent tank
  • Machine straight forward movement adjusting knob
  • Disc brush deck
  • Brush

Labels on Fig. 7, bottom:

  • REV deck
  • REV brush
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 20, used with permission. SES ref PF-AZNV-JTS4‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌⁠⁠⁠​‍‍‍‌‌‌‍​‍⁠‌‍⁠‍⁠⁠‌​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 20 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Service and diagnostic equipment

Besides a complete set of standard meters, the following instruments are necessary to perform fast checks and repairs on Nilfisk machines:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌‌⁠⁠‌‌⁠​‍‌‍‌‍​‍‍‍​⁠​‌​​

  • Laptop computer charged with the current version of EzParts, Adobe Reader and (if possible) Internet connection
  • Digital Volt Meter (DVM)
  • Amp clamp with possibility of making DC measurements
  • Hydrometer
  • Battery charge tester to check 12V batteries
  • Static control wrist strap
  • Dynamometric wrench set
  • A copy of the Instructions for Use Manual and Spare Parts List of the machine to be serviced (provided with the machine or available at www.advance-us.com or other Nilfisk websites).

The following equipment is also available at Nilfisk or Advance Centers:

  • Vacuum water lift gauge, P/N 56205281
Round vacuum water lift gauge with a dial from 0 to 100 marked Vacuum, mounted on a black rubber cup
Fig. 8
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 21, used with permission. SES ref PF-2P4Q-PTQ5‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌‌⁠⁠‌‌⁠​‍‌‍‌‍​‍‍‍​⁠​‌​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 21 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Dimensions

SC500 Disc

Dimension drawing of the SC500 Disc with front, side and top views: height 41.8 in (1063 mm), width 28.3 in (720 mm), length 50.3 in (1277 mm), width across the top view 21 in (532 mm)
Fig. 9
  • Height: 41.8 in (1063 mm)
  • Width: 28.3 in (720 mm)
  • Length: 50.3 in (1277 mm)
  • Width across top view: 21 in (532 mm)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 22, used with permission. SES ref PF-6WDV-X3WV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠‍‌‌​⁠‍⁠⁠‍​⁠‍‌‌⁠⁠⁠‍​​​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 22 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

SC500 REV

Dimension drawing of the SC500 REV with front, side and top views: height 41.8 in (1063 mm), width 28.3 in (720 mm), length 51.2 in (1302 mm), width across the top view 21.2 in (538 mm)
Fig. 10
  • Height: 41.8 in (1063 mm)
  • Width: 28.3 in (720 mm)
  • Length: 51.2 in (1302 mm)
  • Width across top view: 21.2 in (538 mm)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 23, used with permission. SES ref PF-56HV-VSRM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​​⁠‍⁠​‌‌‍‌​‍‌​⁠‌​​​‌⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 23 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

04 - Control system - models with key slot

Model No.: 9087352020, 9087354020, 9087350020, 9087351020, 9087353020, 9087355020‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍⁠​​​‍‍⁠​​​​⁠‌‌‍⁠‍‍⁠⁠‍‌

Functional description

In shortOn these key-slot models the Main machine controller (EB1) runs the drive, vacuum and brush motors, the deck actuator, the solution valve and the detergent pump directly. The Display controller (EB2) and User interface controller (EB3) handle the buttons, LEDs and screen.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍⁠​​​‍‍⁠​​​​⁠‌‌‍⁠‍‍⁠⁠‍‌

The architecture of the electronic control system for the machine’s electrical components is composed of a Main machine controller (EB1) and a Display controller (EB2), in turn connected to a User interface controller (EB3) which represents the main user interface.

The Main machine controller (EB1) manages all components and drives the following components directly:

  • Drive system motor (M3)
  • Vacuum system motor (M2)
  • Deck actuator (M5)
  • Brush motor (M6)
  • Solution flow solenoid valve (EV1)
  • Detergent pump (M4)

The Display controller (EB2) serves mainly as an aggregator for all input signals (buttons) and outputs (LEDs) from the User interface controller (EB3), which it is connected to via 2 flat cables.

Mounted on the Display controller (EB2) is also the LCD display and the 2 sensors which detect the presence and type of magnetic key inserted in the Main machine controller.

The Display controller (EB2) sends all the input and output signals of these components to the Main machine controller (EB1) using 2-wire 2-way serial communications protocol.

The system is completed by the on-board battery charger which also uses a proprietary serial protocol to communicate with the Main machine controller (EB1), in order to display its operating status (charging phase) to the operator on the LCD display.

Photo of the electronic component compartment with an arrow pointing to the Main machine controller (EB1)
Main machine controller (EB1)
Photo of the open Display controller (EB2) circuit board with arrows pointing to the two flat cables from EB2 to EB3 and to the Display controller (EB2)
Display controller (EB2) and flat cables to (EB3)
Photo of the control panel with an arrow pointing to the User interface controller (EB3)
User interface controller (EB3)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 24, used with permission. SES ref PF-MBKV-NDOA‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍⁠​​​‍‍⁠​​​​⁠‌‌‍⁠‍‍⁠⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 24 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram between the User interface controller (EB3), the Display controller (EB2) and the Main machine controller (EB1), with BATT + and BATT - supply lines and the signal circuits fuse (F2)
Fig. 1

Legend, as printed on the drawing:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌‍⁠‍‍​​‌‌⁠‍‍‌‌‍‌‍‌​‌‍‍⁠

Label on drawingConnector
Display controller (EB2)
User interface controller power supply +J1.1
User interface controller serial +J1.2
User interface controller serial -J1.3
User interface controller power supply -J1.4
Return from keyJ1.5
J3 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 8-way, male pinsJ3
J2 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 9-way, male pinsJ2
Main machine controller (EB1)
B+ Power supply +B+
User interface contr. power supply +J3.1
User interface contr. serial +J3.2
User interface contr. serial -J3.3
User interface contr. power supply -J3.4
Return from keyJ3.5
B- Power supply -B-
SIGNAL CIRCUITS FUSE (F2)F2
Other labels
BATT +
BATT -
USER INTERFACE CONTROLLER (EB3)
Microprocessor
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 25, used with permission. SES ref PF-AEJ2-25VM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌‍⁠‍‍​​‌‌⁠‍‍‌‌‍‌‍‌​‌‍‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 25 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

Photo of the electronic component compartment with the Main machine controller (EB1) labeled, and an inset photo of the battery compartment with the cover lifted, with a line to the controller area
Fig. 2
Two photos: the open Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the flat cables from EB2 to EB3 labeled, and the control panel showing the User interface controller (EB3)
Fig. 3
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 26, used with permission. SES ref PF-LHOT-VBPO‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌⁠‍‍‌‌⁠‌​⁠‌⁠⁠‌‌‌​​‌​⁠‍‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 26 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

In shortThe Main machine controller (EB1) shows alarms on the display as ALARM <XX> <DESCRIPTION>, and repeats them on its yellow and red diagnostic LEDs if the display fails. The alarm tables on pages 27 to 31 give the meaning, condition, effect and service suggestion for each code.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌​​‍‍‌‌‍​‌‍‌​‌‌​‍​‍‍⁠⁠​

Main machine controller (EB1) Alarm Codes

The Main machine controller indicates a series of alarms in case of malfunction of one or more systems, and in case of abnormal conditions detected in the input signals.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌​​‍‍‌‌‍​‌‍‌​‌‌​‍​‍‍⁠⁠​

The alarms are shown on the display in the following format: ALARM <XX> <DESCRIPTION> (Figure 4).

Photo of the display showing WARNING, ALARM G2, EEPROM ERROR
Fig. 4

In case the display is malfunctioning, the alarms are also repeated by the yellow and red diagnostic LEDs (Figure 5) on the Main machine controller (EB1), as indicated in the following tables.

Drawing of the Main machine controller (EB1) showing fuse F1, the VA+ and VA- terminals, connector J6, the green, red and yellow diagnostic LEDs marked FUNC and DRIVE, and connector J7
Fig. 5

General alarms

Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING YELLOW + RED LEDS

Alarm code / DescriptionNo. FlashesMeaningConditionEffectService Suggestions
G2#
EEPROM ERROR
2EEPROM errorEEPROM errorFunction block + Default setting reset

If the machine continues to function after G2 has been displayed, this may have been caused by a significant external electromagnetic disturbance.

  1. Check that the settings and parameters (see pages 34 - 35) are correct (they may have returned to their defaults). If the error persists, the Main machine controller must be replaced.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 27, used with permission. SES ref PF-S3UI-O5HZ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌​​‍‍‌‌‍​‌‍‌​‌‌​‍​‍‍⁠⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 27 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

General alarms

Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING YELLOW + RED LEDS‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍​⁠‌​⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌​​‍‍​​‍‌‍⁠

Alarm code / DescriptionNo. FlashesMeaningConditionEffectService Suggestions
G3#
MAIN FUSE FAILURE
3Blown F1 fuse.Blown F1 fuse.Function block.

F1 is a safety fuse primarily included to prevent a short circuit or serious damage to the Main machine controller causing currents such as to melt cables and/or cause smoke or fire. If F1 has blown, this is usually indicative of serious damage to the Main machine controller.

  1. Removing the cover should allow you to understand the extent of the damage, but the solution in any case should be to replace the Main machine controller.
  2. Try replacing fuse F1 only if there is no clear damage to the Main machine controller and wiring.
  3. Ensure you tighten the fuse contacts correctly.
Broken battery.

It could happen also if a battery is broken:

Check the battery voltage under load.

G4#
BATTERY LOW VOLTAGE
4Undervoltage.The battery voltage remains below 18.4V for over 10 seconds (for WET CELL batteries, 19.6V for GEL-AGM batteries).Function block.
  1. Check the battery voltage under no-load conditions and under load. Replace the faulty battery/batteries if necessary.
  2. Recharge the batteries by performing a complete charging cycle.
G5#
BATTERY OVERVOLTAGE
5Excessive battery voltage.Battery voltage over 32V.Function block.Check the voltage of the installed batteries and that the terminals are correctly tightened.
G6#
HARDWARE FAILURE
6Serial communication error with the User interface controller.No signal or error in communications decoding between the Main machine controller (EB1) and the Display controller (EB2).No block.
  1. Check the 5 cables from the 6-way User interface controller connector to connector J3 pins 1, 2, 3, 4.
  2. If there is continuity, the User interface controller must be replaced.
G7#
HARDWARE FAILURE
7General relay fault.Relay closes or closed at start-up.Function block.Replace the Main machine controller.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 28, used with permission. SES ref PF-BB6K-AK7E‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍​⁠‌​⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌​​‍‍​​‍‌‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 28 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Main machine controller alarms

Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING RED LED‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠⁠​‍⁠​​​⁠‌⁠‌⁠‌‍‌‌‍‌‌‍‍

Alarm code / DescriptionNo. flashesMeaningConditionEffectService Suggestions
F2#
BRUSH MOTOR OVERLOAD
2BRUSH motor amperometric protection.The motor current is greater than the value of the parameter (see page 35) VS1Brush motor output stop.Check the current draw of the brush motor. It should remain below the value set in the parameter “VS1” during operation.
F3#
VACUUM MOTOR OVERLOAD
3VACUUM SYSTEM amperometric protection.The current draw of the vacuum motor is greater than 30A for over 10 seconds.Vacuum system block.
  1. Check for any debris in the vacuum motor.
  2. Check that the motor rotor turns freely.
  3. Replace the vacuum motor if necessary. Parts ›
F4#
DECK ACTUATOR FAILURE
4DECK ACTUATOR overcurrent.Current greater than 4A detected for more than 1 second.Brush function block.
  1. Check that there is no friction on the brush deck linkage; lubricate if necessary.
  2. Check that the actuator and deck travel is not blocked by mechanical obstructions.
  3. If the problem persists, replace the actuator.
F5#
HARDWARE FAILURE
5Short circuit on the vacuum or brush motor drive MOSFET.MOSFET short circuit.Function block.
  1. Check that there are no short circuits in the motor wiring.
  2. Replace the Main machine controller.
F6#
PRESSURE GAUGE FAILURE
6PRESSURE GAUGE FAILURE
(Not used)
---
F7#
OVERHEATING
7Motor drive section thermal cut-out.The heatsink on the Main machine controller has reached a temperature of 194°F (90°C).Function block.Check the vacuum and brush motor power draw and that the openings of the electrical compartment are not blocked.
F8#
BRUSH MOTOR FAILURE
8Brush motor output short circuit.I > 150A for 20µsec.Function block.Check for short circuits in the wiring or motor.
F9#
VACUUM MOTOR FAILURE
9Vacuum motor output overcurrent.I > 150A for 20µsec.Function block.Check for short circuits in the wiring or motor.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 29, used with permission. SES ref PF-GUO4-4F4I‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠⁠​‍⁠​​​⁠‌⁠‌⁠‌‍‌‌‍‌‌‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 29 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Drive system alarms

Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING YELLOW LED‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌​‍‍‌​​⁠‌⁠‌‌‍‌‍‌⁠⁠‍‌​‌

Alarm code / DescriptionNo. flashesMeaningConditionEffectService Suggestions
T2#
DRIVE MOTOR OVERLOAD
2Amperometric protection intervention.Drive motor current draw greater than the parameter (see page 35) “INOM” for more than the parameter (see page 35) “TMAX”.Drive blocked.Check the current draw of the drive motor (this should be around 6-8amps without load and remain below 10-12amps during operation).
T3#
RELEASE THE PADDLE !
3Paddle not in rest position when the machine is turned on.Voltage on J1.2 of the Display controller (EB2) out of range 1.29V - 1.49V with respect to - BAT.Drive blocked.Check that the paddle moves correctly, lubricating if necessary; check the linkage and potentiometer.
T4#
PADDLE INPUT FAILURE
4Incorrect voltage measured at the paddle potentiometer input.Voltage on J1.2 of the Display controller (EB2) above 3V.Drive blocked.
  1. Check the connection of the potentiometer to the Display controller.
  2. Replace the potentiometer.
  3. Replace the Display controller (EB2).
T5#
HARDWARE FAILURE
5Drive system power section damageMOSFET short circuit.Drive blocked.

Disconnect M1 and M2 from controller, press the pedal

  1. If the alarm persist replace the controller
  2. If not, check the cables of the gear motor and motor itself for a short circuit
T6#
DRIVE MOTOR FAILURE
6Overcurrent (motor D.C.)Drive motor current draw greater than 1.5 times the value of the parameter (see page 35) “IMAX”.Drive blocked.
  1. Check that the gear motor cables are not short circuited
  2. Check that the motor of the gear motor unit is not short circuited (the impedance of the motor should be around 0.6 – 0.8 Ohm)
  3. If necessary, replace the gear motor unit motor
T7#
OVERHEATING
7Drive motor drive section thermal cut-out.The heatsink on the Main machine controller has reached a temperature of 194°F (90°C).Drive blocked.
  1. Check the drive motor power draw and that the openings of the electrical compartment are not blocked.
  2. If everything is within normal parameters, this may simply have been caused by extreme working conditions such as: Ambient temperature over 86°F (>30°C), sloping working sections. Simply leave the system to cool and turn the machine back on.

All alarms of the drive system operate by cutting the power supply to the gear motor unit motor until the KEY input is reset (with the exception of alarm T3 which is reset as soon as the input voltage of the paddle potentiometer returns within the values corresponding to “machine stopped”). In case of simultaneous errors, the one with greater priority is shown first (priority order is opposite to the number of flashes).

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 30, used with permission. SES ref PF-GRY5-SVWS‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌​‍‍‌​​⁠‌⁠‌‌‍‌‍‌⁠⁠‍‌​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 30 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

On-board Battery Charger Alarms

Alarm code / DescriptionMeaningConditionEffectService Suggestions
C1#
CHARGER COMMUNICAT.
Communication problem between the battery charger and the Main machine controller.No signal from battery charger via gate J4.4 for over 3 seconds.The battery charger is performing the standard recharging cycle for generic GEL/AGM batteries.Check the wiring between the battery charger and the Main machine controller.
C2#
BATTERY OVERVOLTAGE
Battery overvoltage.Battery voltage over 32V.Battery charger block.
  1. Check the connections of the batteries and the voltage of the installed batteries.
  2. Disconnect and reconnect the battery charger.
C4#
CHARGING TIME I EXPIRED
Charging phase I expired.Battery excessively discharged or at end of life cycle.Battery charger block.If the problem persists, replace the batteries.
C5#
CHARGING TIME II EXPIRED
Charging phase II expired.Battery excessively discharged or at end of life cycle.Battery charger block.If the problem persists, replace the batteries.
C6#
CHARGER FAULT
Battery charger internal short circuit.Battery charger internal short circuit.Battery charger block.Replace the battery charger.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 31, used with permission. SES ref PF-Z6XK-ORYT‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‌⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌‍⁠‍⁠‌‌‌⁠‍‌​⁠​⁠‍⁠⁠⁠‍⁠‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 31 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Black-box: Recording of Alarms, Parameters (see pages 34-35), Partial Operating Time Counter

The alarms activated during normal machine operation are stored and can be read in the corresponding log (Alarm Log Screen).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​⁠⁠⁠‍‌​‍‌‍​‍​⁠‌‍‍‍⁠‌‌​

Display, Main Screen

  1. Insert the Super User (yellow) key in place of the operator (grey) key (Figure 6) to access the main screen (Figure 7) of the display.
Photo of the grey operator key and the yellow Super User key
Fig. 6
  1. Press the [One-Touch] push-button to change the machine settings (see Machine Settings Screen section).
  2. Press the [brush release] button or [REV] button to check for any stored machine alarms (see Alarms Log Screen section).
  3. Press the “hare” button to check the machine’s hours of operation (see Operating Time Counter Screen section).
  4. Press the “tortoise” button to exit service mode and return to operator mode.
Photo of the control panel with the main screen showing PARAMETER SETTINGS, ALARM LOG, HOUR METERS, SOL. LEVEL and EXIT, with arrows from each entry to the One-Touch, brush release, hare and tortoise buttons on the right
Fig. 7
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 32, used with permission. SES ref PF-2EJH-WD55‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​⁠⁠⁠‍‌​‍‌‍​‍​⁠‌‍‍‍⁠‌‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 32 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, Alarms Log Screen

The alarms log screen (Figure 8) function allows you to check any alarms stored on the machine.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠⁠​⁠‍‌‌‍⁠‌‍‍​‍‍‍‌⁠⁠‌‌‌

To return to the main screen (Figure 6), press the [One-Touch] button repeatedly.

Photo of the alarms log screen showing LOGGED EVENTS, HOURS: TOT, LOG and DESCRIPTION, with NEXT and RES labels
Fig. 8

Each alarm (See table of alarms in the Main machine controller Alarm Codes section) is stored along with the working hour (machine operating time counter) at which it occurred and all alarms are recorded in the order in which they occurred, from the most recent to the oldest.

The memory holds up to 20 alarm records, after which the oldest are overwritten when new alarms occur.

Improper uses of the batteries or battery charger are also recorded, as in the following table:

On-board Battery Charger Alarms

Alarm code / DescriptionMeaningConditionEffect
GB-N
CONTINUOUS LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
Time of continuous use with discharged batteries“N” is the number of hours from key on to off when the battery level is below 20.4V for WET CELL (21.6 for AGM) batteries. This event is not recorded if the usage time is below 10 minutes.Incorrect use by customer. Risk of reduced battery life.
GC
CHARGER DISCONN BEFORE END CYCLE
Charging cycle interrupted before completionDisconnection of battery charger before stage IV = battery symbol with 3 segments lit steadily.Incorrect use by customer. Risk of reduced battery life.
GD-N
CHARGING TIME LESS THAN 4 HOURS
Charging phase durationN = Number of hours from battery charger connection to completion of PHASE II (red LED on) if < 4Incorrect use by customer. Risk of reduced battery life.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 33, used with permission. SES ref PF-KH2D-LHXC‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠⁠​⁠‍‌‌‍⁠‌‍‍​‍‍‍‌⁠⁠‌‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 33 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, Machine Settings Screen

In shortThe machine settings screen lets you change the parameters in the table below. Press [hare] to raise the value, [tortoise] to lower it and [One-Touch] to move to the next parameter; the RESET entry restores only these modifiable parameters, not the hidden ones on page 35.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​‌‌​‍‍​‍​‌‌‍⁠⁠‍​​​​‍‍⁠

The machine settings screen (Figure 9) functions allow you to customise some parameters described in the following table of modifiable parameters.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​‌‌​‍‍​‍​‌‌‍⁠⁠‍​​​​‍‍⁠

  1. Press the “hare” button [hare] to increase the value of the current parameter.
  2. Press the “tortoise” button [tortoise] to decrease the value of the current parameter.
  1. Press the [One-Touch] button to move to the next parameter.
  2. To return to the main screen (Figure 6), press the brush release button [brush release].
Photo of the machine settings screen showing parameter CHM1, CHEMICAL % STD LEVEL 1 - 6, 1. 0.25% (1:400), with SAVE, NEXT, EXIT, plus and minus labels
Fig. 9

Modifiable Parameters

CodeDescriptionMin. ValueFactory SettingMax. Value
CHM1Detergent concentration level 11:400 (0.25 %)1:400 (0.25 %)1:33 (3 %)
CHM2Detergent concentration level 21:400 (0.25 %)1:125 (0.80 %)1:33 (3 %)
P1/P3Level 1 solution flow rate in relation to level 3 (see section “System for Flow Rate Regulation as Function of Speed”)0 %25 %100 %
P2/P3Level 2 solution flow rate in relation to level 3 (see section “System for Flow Rate Regulation as Function of Speed”)0 %50 %100 %
P3Level 3 solution flow rate - DISC0.103 fl oz/ft (1.0 cl/m)0.309 fl oz/ft (3.0 cl/m)0.515 fl oz/ft (5.0 cl/m)
Level 3 solution flow rate - REV0.103 fl oz/ft (1.0 cl/m)0.155 fl oz/ft (1.5 cl/m)0.515 fl oz/ft (5.0 cl/m)
P4Level 4 solution flow enabling (0.74 gal/min (2.8 l/min) regardless of speed)OFFOFFON
SPTEcoFlex function timer0 (disabled)60 sec.300 sec.
XPRESBrush deck extra pressure enableOFFONON
FVMINMinimum forward speed0 %25 %100 %
FVMAXMaximum forward speed10 %100 %100 %
RVMAXMaximum reverse speed10 %30 %50 %
BATInstalled battery type015
TOFFAutomatic shut-off time0 (disabled)300 sec.600 sec.
BRGHDisplay contrast52050
VRIDVacuum power in silent mode115
RPM (*)Reduced brush rpm activation threshold5920
RESET (**)Restore factory settings for all parametersOFFOFFON

(*) Increase the value of this parameter to reduce the brush motor speed in a wider range of applications and vice versa

(**) The RESET function acts only on “MODIFIABLE PARAMETERS” and not on “HIDDEN PARAMETERS”.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 34, used with permission. SES ref PF-2UOH-GSHE‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​‌‌​‍‍​‍​‌‌‍⁠⁠‍​​​​‍‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 34 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

The following parameters are displayed only when, on reaching the last parameter RESET, the [One-Touch] button is pressed together with the [EcoFlex] and [vacuum] buttons.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠⁠⁠​⁠​⁠⁠‌‌​‍⁠‍​‍​​⁠⁠​​

If the [One-Touch] button is not pressed, the system will return to the first parameter CHM1.

Hidden Parameters

CodeDescriptionMin. ValueFactory SettingMax. ValueMeaning
TSERVService advisory timer001000Set to a value X greater than 0 if you wish the “Service Advisory” icon to be displayed every X hours of machine running time (according to the main operating time counter). To reset the hour counter for the icon display countdown (until the next service advisory), press the BURST and vacuum buttons for 10 seconds with the display on the “SERVICE MENU” page.
ARMaximum acceleration ramp (sec.)0.5 sec.1.5 sec.5 sec.Increase to obtain a less abrupt response when accelerating, and vice versa.
DRMaximum deceleration ramp (sec.) - DISC0.5 sec.1.5 sec.8 sec.Increase to obtain a less abrupt response when decelerating, and vice versa.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the braking distance.
Maximum deceleration ramp (sec.) - REV0.5 sec.2.5 sec.8 sec.
IRMaximum deceleration ramp in reverse (sec.)0.5 sec.0.5 sec.5 sec.This is the maximum current which can be supplied to the disc brush deck.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motors overheating.
VS1Brush 1 motor protection threshold20A30A50AThis is the maximum current which can be supplied to the disc brush deck.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motors overheating.
VS2Brush 2 motor protection threshold20A40A50AThis is the maximum current which can be supplied to the cylindrical brush deck.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motors overheating.
VDEADPaddle potentiometer dead zone0.0V0.1V1.0VIncrease if the alarm T3 appears in the rest position and it is not possible to adjust the system’s mechanics. (Speed regulation will, however, be more difficult to modulate)
INOMNominal drive current10A15A15AThis is the maximum continuous current which can be supplied to the electric wheel drive unit.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motor overheating.
IMAXMaximum drive current10A45A45AThis is the maximum instantaneous current which can be supplied to the electric wheel drive unit.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motor overheating.
TMAXProtection trip time for IMAX0 sec.12 sec.60 sec.This is the reaction time of the electric wheel drive unit protection device when overloaded: this parameter is used in conjunction with IMAX to obtain the most appropriate response curve for the overload protection motor actuation system.
WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motor overheating.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 35, used with permission. SES ref PF-RR4L-XGTY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠⁠⁠​⁠​⁠⁠‌‌​‍⁠‍​‍​​⁠⁠​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 35 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, Operating Time Counter Screen

The operating time counter screen (Figure 10) function allows you to check the total accumulated hours of work for each machine subsystem:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‍​‍​‌​‌‌‍⁠​‌⁠​‍​‌‍‌⁠⁠‍

  • (A) TOTAL counter (machine running time): same counter display on screen after starting machine.
  • (B) DRIVE counter (drive system usage time).
  • (C) BRUSH counter (brush rotation system usage time).
  • (D) VACUUM counter (vacuum system usage time).
Photo of the operating time counter screen with four hour readouts labeled A (total), B (drive), C (brush) and D (vacuum), and an EXIT label
Fig. 10

Time Counter Reset

To reset the time counter see the table below for the procedure:

PUSH-BUTTON (> 10 SEC.)TIME COUNTER RESET
[EcoFlex] button (tree symbol)(A) TOTAL counter (*)
[Vacuum] button (hand and crossed-out spray symbol)(B) DRIVE counter
Tap symbol button(C) BRUSH counter
Flask symbol button(D) VACUUM counter

(*) When the TOTAL counter is reset, it is automatically reset also all partial ones (B, C, D) and deleted all LOG memory.

To return to the main screen (Figure 7), press the [One-Touch] button.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 36, used with permission. SES ref PF-6IF6-OCVX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‍​‍​‌​‌‌‍⁠​‌⁠​‍​‌‍‌⁠⁠‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 36 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

System for Flow Rate Regulation as Function of Speed

Solution flow levels 1, 2 and 3 regulate the flow of detergent solution on the basis of the machine speed so as to keep the quantity of solution dispensed per square foot (square metre) of floor treated constant.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​⁠‍‍‍‍​‌​⁠‌‌‌‌‍⁠‌‌​‍‍‌

The reference flow level is level 3: based on the setting of the corresponding parameter P3, the opening time of the solenoid valve (and of the detergent pump when fitted) is regulated so that the quantity of solution in fluid ounces per foot (centiliters per metre) travelled by the machine is constant and equal to the value set in the parameter.

For example, for P3 = 3.0, the machine will dispense 0.31 fl oz per foot (3 centiliters per metre) travelled, which equates (for the standard deck width of 20.9 in (530 mm)) to 0.18 fl oz per square foot (5.7 centiliters per square metre) of floor treated.

Levels 1 and 2 are defined via the corresponding parameters P1 and P2 as a % of level 3.

For example, for P1 = 25 and P2 = 50, P1 and P2 are respectively ¼ (25%) and ½ (50%) of the reference flow rate P3.

The default values (the same as in the example above) are summarized in the table, with the corresponding flow rate values in gallons per minute (liters per minute), dependent on machine speed, given as a reference.

SC500 DISC detergent flow (as a function of speed) (standard setting)
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Gallons (liters) per minute @ 0.6 mph (1 km/h)0.05 (0.2)0.08 (0.3)0.13 (0.5)
Gallons (liters) per minute @ 1.9 mph (3 km/h)0.11 (0.4)0.21 (0.8)0.40 (1.5)
Gallons (liters) per minute @ 3.1 mph (5 km/h)0.16 (0.6)0.34 (1.3)0.66 (2.5)
Fluid ounces per foot cleaned, constant (centiliters per metre)0.077 (0.75)0.155 (1.5)0.309 (3)
Fluid ounces per square foot cleaned, Ø20.9 in (530 mm) deck (centiliters per square metre)0.044 (1.4)0.088 (2.8)0.179 (5.7)

Level 4 (when enabled) is independent of any parameter and supplies the maximum possible quantity of solution as it keeps the solenoid valve of the supply system constantly open (with the brush rotating).

SC500 DISC detergent flow rate
Level 4
Gallons (liters) per minute - Tank full0.92 (3.5)
Gallons (liters) per minute - Average0.66 (2.5)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 37, used with permission. SES ref PF-O4GJ-66BY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​⁠‍‍‍‍​‌​⁠‌‌‌‌‍⁠‌‌​‍‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 37 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and Installation

In shortTo remove the Main machine controller (EB1), disconnect the red battery connector, lift the recovery tank and take off the electronic compartment cover. Unplug the connections in the order shown, then take out the 4 retaining screws (page 39); install in reverse order.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠⁠​‌​⁠⁠⁠‍‌⁠​​‌​⁠⁠‌​​​​

Main machine controller (EB1)

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor, remove the ignition key, and disconnect the red battery connector.
  2. Lift the recovery tank.
  3. Remove the 7 screws and remove the electronic component compartment cover.
  4. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 11):
    • (A) and (B) Main machine controller power supply connection (B+) and (B-).
    • (C) and D) Brush motor connection (BR+) and (BR-).
Two views, a photo and a drawing of the Main machine controller, with callouts A and B on the power supply connections and C and D on the brush motor connections
Fig. 11
  1. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 12):
    • (E) and (F) Drive system motor connection (M1) and (M2).
    • (G) and (H) Vacuum motor connection (VA+) and (VA-).
Two views, a photo and a drawing of the Main machine controller, with callouts E and F on the drive motor connections and G and H on the vacuum motor connections
Fig. 12
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 38, used with permission. SES ref PF-P4KY-AXBX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠⁠​‌​⁠⁠⁠‍‌⁠​​‌​⁠⁠‌​​​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 38 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 13):
    • (I) Deck actuator and detergent pump connection (J1).
    • (J) Solenoid valve connection (J2).
    • (K) Display controller connection (J3).
    • (L) Battery charger connection (J4).
    • (M) Detergent level sensor connection (J5).
    • (N) Connection (J6).
Two views, a photo and a drawing of the Main machine controller, with callouts I, K, L, N, M and J on the connectors to disconnect
Fig. 13
  1. Unscrew the 4 retaining screws (O) and carefully remove the Main machine controller (Figure 14).
Two views, a photo and a drawing of the Main machine controller, with four callouts O on the retaining screws
Fig. 14
  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 39, used with permission. SES ref PF-FFKV-RBLR‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‍⁠‍‌​‍‍⁠⁠⁠‌​​​‌‌​‍‌‌⁠⁠‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 39 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display Controller (EB2) and User interface controller (EB3)

Display Controller (EB2)

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Remove the ignition key.
  3. Disconnect the red battery connector.
  4. Unscrew the 2 screws (A) (Figure 15).
  5. Release the retaining tab (B), then lift up and remove the Main machine controller cover (C).
Two photos: a drill removing the two screws A from the control panel housing, and a screwdriver releasing retaining tab B so cover C can be lifted off
Fig. 15
  1. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 16):
    • (A) Speed potentiometer connection (J4).
    • (B) Display controller power supply connection (J1).
    • (C) Flat connection (J2).
    • (D) Flat connection (J3).
  2. Unscrew the 4 screws (E), then remove the display controller (F).
Two photos of the Display controller circuit board: the first with callouts A to D on the connections, the second with callouts E on the four screws and F on the display controller
Fig. 16
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 40, used with permission. SES ref PF-IQ6X-3NLN‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‌‌⁠⁠​​​⁠​‍​⁠‍⁠‌‌‌​⁠‌‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 40 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

User interface controller (EB4)

  1. Perform points 1 to 5 for removal of the display controller.
  2. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 17):
    • (A) Flat connection J2.
    • (B) Flat connection J3.
  3. Carefully raise the User interface controller (C), detaching it from the cover (D).

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly and note the following:
    • Before fastening the User interface controller (C), ensure that the flat connections (A) and (B) are correctly run through the slots in the cover (D), then glue the User interface controller to the cover itself.
Two photos: the open Display controller board with callouts A and B on the flat connections, and the User interface controller on its cover with callouts C on the controller and D on the cover
Fig. 17
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 41, used with permission. SES ref PF-W6SX-6S3O‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌‌‌​⁠‍‌​​⁠‌‌​‌​‌​‌‌⁠‌‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 41 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Main machine controller (EB1) Connectors

(Figure 18) Power connections (Ø0.24 in (6 mm) male RADSOK terminals - AMPHENOL SK 200800532 101 or equivalent)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌​​‍‌‍⁠⁠‌‌​​⁠⁠‌⁠‌‍​‌‍​

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
B+Main machine controller power supply +in24V125ABAT+
B-Main machine controller power supply -in24V125ABAT-
Drawing of the lower part of the Main machine controller showing the +B, -B, BR+ and BR- terminals, with the +B and -B power terminals highlighted, and connectors J2, J5 and J7
Fig. 18

(Figure 19) Drive connections (Ø0.14 in (3.6 mm) male RADSOK terminals - AMPHENOL P/N N01 036 6501 001 or equivalent)

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
BR+Brush motor +out24V50AM1+
BR-Brush motor -out24V50AM1-
Drawing of the lower part of the Main machine controller showing the +B, -B, BR+ and BR- terminals, with the BR+ and BR- brush motor terminals highlighted
Fig. 19
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 42, used with permission. SES ref PF-KHPZ-KHIM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌​​‍‌‍⁠⁠‌‌​​⁠⁠‌⁠‌‍​‌‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 42 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Drive connections

In short These tables list the pins on the main machine controller (EB1) and display controller (EB2) connectors: what the pin does, whether it is an input or an output, its expected voltage and its maximum current, and where it connects.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​​⁠​​⁠‍‌‍‍⁠⁠‌‌​‌⁠⁠​​​⁠‍​

2-way male faston T-connectors, 6.3x0.8 – spacing 0.29 in (7.4 mm)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​​⁠​​⁠‍‌‍‍⁠⁠‌‌​‌⁠⁠​​​⁠‍​

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
M1Drive system motor +out0-24V45AM3+
M2Drive system motor -out0-24V45AM3-
Main machine controller (EB1) board with the M1 and M2 drive motor terminals and connectors J1, J3, J4 and fuse F2 marked
Figure 20

Vacuum connections

2-way male parallel faston connectors, 6.3x0.8 – spacing 0.26 in (6.5 mm)

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
VA+Vacuum system power supply +out10-24V30AM2+
VA-Vacuum system power supply -out0V30AM2-
Main machine controller (EB1) board with the VA+ and VA- vacuum terminals, fuse F1, jumper J6 and connectors J7, J5 and J2 marked
Figure 21
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 43, used with permission. SES ref PF-ORBI-FMV4‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​​⁠​​⁠‍‌‍‍⁠⁠‌‌​‌⁠⁠​​​⁠‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 43 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J1: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 8-ways vertical

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Detergent pump power supply +out24V<1AM4
2Detergent pump power supply -out0V<1AM4
3Deck actuator power supply +/-out0/24V8AM5
4Deck actuator power supply -/+out0/24V8AM5
5Power supply for ADV versions configuratorout0V<1AJ1.6
6ADV versions configurator returnin0V<1AJ1.5
7Power supply for deck configuratorout0V<1AJ1.8
8Deck configurator returnin0V<1AJ1.7
Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J1 highlighted
Figure 22

J2: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 2-ways vertical

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Solenoid valve power supply +out24V1AEV1
2Solenoid valve power supply -out0V1AEV1
Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J2 highlighted; the +B, -B, BR+ and BR- terminals and the NOT USED IN LET connector are also marked
Figure 23
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 44, used with permission. SES ref PF-GQ4G-LKBN‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠⁠‍​​‌​‍‍‍‌‍‌‌‌⁠⁠⁠‌‌‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 44 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J3: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 6-ways vertical

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1User interface controller power supply +out24V<1AEB2.1
2User interface controller serial +in/out5V<1AEB2.2
3User interface controller serial -in/out0V<1AEB2.3
4User interface controller power supply -out0V<1AEB2.4
5Return from keyin24V<1AEB2.5
6Return from key (repetition)out24V<1A-
Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J3 highlighted
Figure 24

J4: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 4-ways vertical

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Enabling from battery chargerin24V<1ACH.1
2Power supply from battery chargerin24V<1ACH.2
3Battery charger enabling power supplyout24V<1ACH.3
4Battery charger data communicationIn/out5V<1ACH.4
Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J4 highlighted
Figure 25
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 45, used with permission. SES ref PF-CGOY-YWNU‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍‍⁠​‍​​⁠‌‌‍​⁠‍⁠​​‍⁠‍‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 45 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J5: JST VHR-3N vertical 3-way

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Power supply for water level sensor +out24V<1AS1.1
2Water level sensor returnin0V<1AS1.2
3Power supply for water level sensor -out0V<1AS1.3
Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J5 highlighted
Figure 26

J6: JUMPER, 2-ways vertical

Main machine controller (EB1) board with jumper J6 highlighted
Figure 27
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 46, used with permission. SES ref PF-GXEF-T4MY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‍​‍‌‌‌‍‌⁠‌⁠​​‍​‍​‌⁠​​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 46 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J7: TYCO MODU II vertical 6-way

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1+24V power supplyout24V<1ATRK.RD
2+5V power supplyout5V<1A-
3iButton input (CAN H channel)In (Out)0V (0-5V)<1ATRK.YE
4Ext. operating time counter enable (CAN L channel)(In) Out0V (0-24V)<1ATRK.WH
5Power supply -out0V<1ATRK.BU
6Machine on signalout24V<1ATRK.BN
Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J7 highlighted
Figure 28
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 47, used with permission. SES ref PF-LSPN-EWFY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​‍⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‌⁠⁠‍​‌​‍⁠‍‍​⁠​‍‍​​‍‍⁠⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 47 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Connectors of the display controller (EB2)

J1: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 6-ways vertical

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Power supply +in/out24V<1ACFD12.J3.1
2Main machine controller serial +in/out5V<1ACFD12.J3.2
3Main machine controller serial -in0V<1ACFD12.J3.3
4Power supply -out0V<1ACFD12.J3.4
5Key signal return (KEY0)out24V<1ACFD12.J3.5
6Key signal return (KEY0)in24V<1A-
Display controller (EB2) circuit board with connector J1 highlighted
Figure 29

J2: FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 9-way, male pins

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.
1Power supply - commonout0V<1A
2ON/OFF button (P0)in0V<1A
3DETERGENT MIX button (P4)in0V<1A
4EDS button (P3)in0V<1A
5VACUUM button (P2)in0V<1A
6VACUUM function LED (LD2)out5V<1A
7SPOT function LED (LD1)out5V<1A
8SPOT button (P1)in0V<1A
9DS versions configuratorin0V<1A
Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the 9-way connector J2 highlighted
Figure 30
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 48, used with permission. SES ref PF-BFDK-4MZI‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌⁠​⁠‍​‌‌‌⁠⁠​​‌⁠‍‌‌‌⁠‌‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 48 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J3: FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 8-way, male pins

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.
1Power supply - commonout0V<1A
2SP / EXTRAPR function LED (red) (LD3R)out5V<1A
3SP / EXTRAPR function LED (green) (LD3V)out5V<1A
4BRUSH RELEASE function LED (LD4)out5V<1A
5BRUSH RELEASE switch (P6)in0V<1A
6INCREASE SPEED button (P7)in0V<1A
7DECREASE SPEED button (P8)in0V<1A
8ONETOUCH / EXTRAPR. button (P5)in0V<1A
Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the 8-way connector J3 highlighted
Figure 31

J4: JST VH vertical, 3-way (B 3P-VH)

PinDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1VR1 potentiometer power supply +Out3V<1AVR1.1
2VR1 potentiometer returnIn0-3V<1AVR1.2
3VR1 potentiometer power supply -out0V<1AVR1.3
Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the 3-way connector J4 highlighted
Figure 32
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 49, used with permission. SES ref PF-N6ZK-6X3A‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​​⁠‍​⁠‌‌​​⁠⁠​⁠⁠‌​‌​​‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 49 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Shop measurements

In short These are real-world shop voltages so you can see what normal looks like. The battery read 25.03V with the key on, and the black meter lead was on the main battery negative unless a table says otherwise.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‌‌‍‍​‌⁠​‍‌⁠‌⁠‍‌‌​

The following tables contain some “real world” shop voltage measurements to help you recognize what “normal” looks like. All voltage values were measured with the black (Negative) voltmeter lead connected to the main battery negative unless otherwise specified.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‌‌‍‍​‌⁠​‍‌⁠‌⁠‍‌‌​

Shop measurements - Main machine controller (EB1)

Battery volts at battery, key on = 25.03V

Power supply

Main machine controller (EB1) board with the +B and -B power terminals highlighted
Figure 33
PinColorDescriptionMeasuredComments
B+RedMain machine controller power supply +24.5vVacuum on
B-BlackMain machine controller power supply -0.035vVVacuum on
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 50, used with permission. SES ref PF-QCCA-63RX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‌‌‍‍​‌⁠​‍‌⁠‌⁠‍‌‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 50 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush motor

Main machine controller (EB1) board with the BR+ and BR- brush motor terminals highlighted
Figure 34
PinColorDescriptionMeasuredComments
BR+RedBrush motor +24.4V (off),
24.2V (on)
Constant Positive
BR-BlueBrush motor -24.4V (off),
0.15v (on without RPM control activated)
5.8v (on with RPM Control Active – set at 20)
PWM Battery Negative

Drive system motor

Main machine controller (EB1) board with the M1 and M2 drive motor terminals marked
Figure 35
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasured
NeutralFwd - InitialReverse - InitialFWD MaxREV Max
M1RedDrive system motor +5.62v12.7v10.9v21.8v8.7v
M2GrayDrive system motor -5.611.9516.008.9v13.5v
M1 to M20.001v6.1v-2.5v22.6-7.4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 51, used with permission. SES ref PF-BOL7-6W4T‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌‌‍‌‌​‍​​​‍‍‌⁠‌‌‌⁠⁠​​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 51 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Vacuum motor

Main machine controller (EB1) board with the VA+ and VA- vacuum motor terminals marked
Figure 36
PinColorDescriptionMeasuredComments
VA+RedVacuum system power supply +24.8v (off)
24.4v (on)
Constant Positive
VA-BlueVacuum system power supply -24.56 (off)
1.36v (on High)
9.69v (on Quiet mode VRID parameter = 1)
1.02 Running, 9.56 Quiet Mode
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 52, used with permission. SES ref PF-UQTJ-HGG2‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‌​​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠⁠‌⁠⁠‌‍​‍‌​​‌‍⁠⁠‍‌‍‌‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 52 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J1 - 8 ways

Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J1 highlighted
Figure 37
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1RedDetergent pump power supply +24.9v (off)No change seen on voltmeter when the pump pulsed.
2GrayDetergent pump power supply -24.9v (off) Momentary drop to 0 when on.Voltmeter reading momentarily jumped. Too fast to settle into a range and value.
3WhiteDeck actuator power supply +/-24.8v (Stationary)
0.18v (going up)
12v (going up near top)
24.8v (going down to scrub or Ex press)
12.6v (Reset Up)
Stationary: 0v
Transport to Scrub: 24.8v
Scrub to Ex Press: 24.8v then 12v near end of travel.
Ex Press to Scrub: -24.8v
Scrub to Transport: -24.8v then -12v near end of travel
Reset to transport:-12.5v entire range
Reference to J1.3
4BlueDeck actuator power supply -/+24.8v (stationary)
0.03v (Transport to scrub)
Scrub to EX Press – Initial 0.03v then 12v near bottom
24.8v( Ex press to scrub)
Scrub to Transport – 24.8v
5GreenPower supply for ADV versions configurator0.001
6GreenADV versions configurator return0.001 (Loop not cut)
4.98v (Open loop)
Loop not cut
7RedPower supply for deck configurator0.001
8RedDeck configurator return0.001 (Loop not cut)
4.98v (Open loop)
Loop not cut
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 53, used with permission. SES ref PF-SIIG-5BJY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‌‍⁠⁠⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠⁠‍​‌⁠⁠⁠‌​‌​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 53 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J2 - 2 ways

Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J2 highlighted
Figure 38
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1YellowSolenoid valve power supply +24.4 (Off and On)
2PurpleSolenoid valve power supply -24.4 (off)
Momentary drop (on)
Momentarily drops to 0v when on but it is too fast for a DVOM to read. The value just momentarily changes.

J3 - 6 ways

Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J3 highlighted
Figure 39
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1RedMain machine controller power supply +24.9vOn or Off
2WhiteMain machine controller serial +4.62v key on
0v key off
3Blk/WhMain machine controller serial -4.13v key on
0v key off
4BlackMain machine controller power supply -0.001v key on
5OrangeReturn from key24.3v key inserted and power “on”Either the yellow or gray key has the same result. Note: if no key, jumping +24v here turns the machine on.
6Empty
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 54, used with permission. SES ref PF-FCE4-J2CW‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‍‌⁠‌⁠‌‍⁠‌⁠⁠​​​​‍‍​⁠​⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 54 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J4 - 4 ways

Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J4 highlighted
Figure 40
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1WhiteEnabling from battery charger24.8v Not ChargingMay see residual voltage back-feeding from the main controller here when charging.
2YellowPower supply from battery charger0.136v Not charging
26.1v Charging
3BrownBattery charger enabling power supply24.8v key on or offConstant power whether charging or not. Key on or off.
4GreenBattery charger data communication4.98v when charger is first plugged in. Then dropped to 4.6

J5 - 3 ways

Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J5 highlighted
Figure 41
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1BrownPower supply for water level sensor +24.7vKey on
2BlackWater level sensor return4.98
0.03v
Tank < ½ full
Tank > ½ full
3BluePower supply for water level sensor -0.001
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 55, used with permission. SES ref PF-ULYJ-CCLF‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​⁠​‍⁠‍⁠​‍​‍‍‌‌​⁠‍‍‍‍‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 55 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J6

Main machine controller (EB1) board with jumper J6 highlighted
Figure 42

Two way vertical jumper.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠‌‌​​‍⁠‍‌​​‌‌​‌​‌‍⁠‌‌⁠

  • What is this for? The J6 Jumper is used to configure the Main machine controller for the EcoFlex option.
  • What does it mean if it is jumped? The Main machine controller is set for no EcoFlex
  • What does it mean if it is open? The Main machine controller is set for EcoFlex
  • Is there a measurable voltage on either of the pins when not jumped? Yes. 4.98v on pin near the LEDS on the Main machine controller.

J7 - 6 ways

Measured machine did not have a wiring connector. Measurements were taken at each pin on the Main machine controller.

Main machine controller (EB1) board with connector J7 highlighted
Figure 43
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1+24V power supply24.6
2+5V power supply5.00
3iButton input (CAN H channel)4.98
4Ext. operating time counter enable (CAN L channel)24.6
5Power supply -0.001
6Machine on signal23.68
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 56, used with permission. SES ref PF-JQRK-FFQM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠‌‌​​‍⁠‍‌​​‌‌​‌​‌‍⁠‌‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 56 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Shop measurements - Display controller (EB2)

Measure and record the voltage at each of the Main machine controller pins. Always use battery negative as your reference point for your black voltmeter lead.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​‍⁠​‌‌⁠⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠‌‌‌​​‍‍​‍

J1 - 6 ways

Display controller (EB2) circuit board with connector J1 highlighted
Figure 44
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1RedPower supply +24.6
2WhiteMain machine controller serial +4.62
3Blk/WhMain machine controller serial -4.12
4BlackPower supply -0.003
5OrangeKey signal return (KEY0)24.23
6
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 57, used with permission. SES ref PF-HFH4-PY4H‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​‍⁠​‌‌⁠⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠‌‌‌​​‍‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 57 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J2 - 9 way ribbon connector

Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the 9-way ribbon connector J2 highlighted
Figure 45
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1Power supply - common0.003v
2ON/OFF button (P0)24.2vKey off or key on
3DETERGENT MIX button (P4)3.14v Not pressed
0.02v pressed
4EDS button (P3) (Solution Button)3.14v Not pressed
0.02v pressed
5VACUUM button (P2)3.14v not pressed
0.05v pressed
6VACUUM function LED (LD2)0.007v LED off
7SPOT function LED (LD1)0.007v LED off
8SPOT button (P1) (EcoFlex – Burst of power)3.14v Not pressed
0.02v pressed
9DS versions configurator3.14v
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 58, used with permission. SES ref PF-ENXU-MOGB‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍⁠⁠⁠​⁠​‍‌⁠​⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍‌‍​​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 58 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J3 - 8 ways ribbon connector

Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the 8-way ribbon connector J3 highlighted
Figure 46
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1Power supply - common0.003v
2SP / EXTRAPR function LED (red)(LD3R)1.78v Red LED on
0.032v Red LED off
3SP / EXTRAPR function LED (green) (LD3V)1.95v Grn LED on
0.032v Grn LED off
4BRUSH RELEASE function LED (LD4)0.07v LED off
Pulsing when flashing
5BRUSH RELEASE switch (P6)3.14v not pressed
0.03v pressed
6INCREASE SPEED button (P7)3.14v not pressed
0.02v pressed
7DECREASE SPEED button (P8)3.14v not pressed
0.02v pressed
8ONETOUCH / EXTRAPR. button (P5)3.16v not pressed
0.04v pressed
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 59, used with permission. SES ref PF-LYOA-4XZY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​‌‍⁠‌‍‌​‌⁠‍‌⁠⁠​⁠‍​​‍‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 59 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J4 - 3 ways potentiometer connector

Display controller (EB2) circuit board with the 3-way potentiometer connector J4 highlighted
Figure 47
PinColorCircuit descriptionMeasuredComments
1RedVR1 potentiometer power supply +2.675
2WhiteVR1 potentiometer return1.45 (Neutral)2.48 (Full Fwd Pin 2),
0.44 (Full Rev Pin 2)
3BlackVR1 potentiometer power supply -0.41 (Ground)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 60, used with permission. SES ref PF-A5K6-ARB7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠⁠​⁠‍‌‍‌​⁠‍‌​‌‌​​⁠​‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 60 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

05 - Control system, models with magnetic smart key

Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020, 9087401020, 9087405020, 9087402020‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‍‌​‌​​‌‌​‌​‌‍​⁠‍‌​​‍‌​‌

Functional description

In short On the smart-key models the main machine controller (EB1) drives the motors, deck actuator, solution solenoid valve and detergent pump directly. The display controller (EB2) handles the buttons, LEDs and the magnetic key reader and talks to EB1 over a 2-wire serial link.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‍‌​‌​​‌‌​‌​‌‍​⁠‍‌​​‍‌​‌

The architecture of the electronic control system for the machine’s electrical components is composed of a Main machine controller (EB1) and a Display controller (EB2), in turn connected to the User interface controller (EB3) which represents the main user interface.

The Main machine controller (EB1) manages all components and drives the following components directly:

  • Drive system motor (M3)
  • Vacuum system motor (M2)
  • Deck actuator (M5)
  • Brush motor (M6)
  • Solution flow solenoid valve (EV1)
  • Detergent pump (M4)

The Display controller (EB2) serves mainly as an aggregator for all input signals (buttons) and outputs (LEDs) from the User interface controller (EB3), which it is connected to via 2 flat cables.

The Magnetic key reader (IB) is connected to the Display controller (EB2). The display controller (EB2) check the presence of the Magnetic smart key and drive the switch on/off of the system accordingly.

The Display controller (EB2) sends all the input and output signals of these components to the Main machine controller (EB1) using 2-wire 2-way serial communications protocol.

The system is completed by the on-board battery charger which also uses a proprietary serial protocol to communicate with the Main machine controller (EB1), in order to display its operating status (charging phase) to the operator on the LCD display.

Photo of the machine electronics compartment with the Main machine controller (EB1) labeled
Main machine controller (EB1)
Photo of the display controller circuit board, with callouts for Display controller (EB2), Flat calbes from (EB2) to (EB3) and Smart key reader (IB)
Display controller (EB2), flat cables to (EB3) and smart key reader (IB)
Photo of the control panel with callouts for User interface controller (EB3) and Smart key reader (IB)
User interface controller (EB3) and smart key reader (IB)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 61, used with permission. SES ref PF-2O3E-CM3R‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‍‌​‌​​‌‌​‌​‌‍​⁠‍‌​​‍‌​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 61 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram: smart key (IB) connects to display controller (EB2) at J5.1 and J5.2; EB2 connects to the user interface controller (EB3) through connectors J3 and J2; EB2 connects at J1.1 to J1.5 to connector J3.1 to J3.5 on the main machine controller (EB1); battery positive feeds EB1 through the signal circuits fuse (F2); battery negative goes to EB1 B-
Figure 1

Labels printed on the drawing:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌‍⁠⁠​⁠‍‍‍‌​⁠‌‍⁠⁠​⁠⁠‍​‍

ItemPrinted label
BatteryBATT + ; BATT -
J5.1 ; J5.2 (printed at the EB2 edge next to the smart key)J5.1 ; J5.2 ; Microprocessor
Display controller (EB2) to EB1cpower supply + J1.1 ; User interface contr. serial + J1.2 ; User interface contr. serial - J1.3 ; User interface contr. power supply - J1.4 ; Return from key J1.5
Display controller (EB2) to EB3J3 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 8-way, male pins ; J2 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 9-way, male pins
Main machine controller (EB1)B+ Power supply + ; J3.1 User interface contr. power supply + ; J3.2 User interface contr. serial + ; J3.3 User interface contr. serial - ; J3.4 User interface contr. power supply - ; J3.5 Return from key ; Microprocessor ; B- Power supply -
FuseSIGNAL CIRCUITS FUSE (F2)
Block namesSMART KEY (IB) ; DISPLAY CONTROLLER (EB2) ; USER INTERFACE CONTROLLER (EB3) ; MAIN MACHINE CONTROLLER (EB1)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 62, used with permission. SES ref PF-QGX2-JORY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌‍⁠⁠​⁠‍‍‍‌​⁠‌‍⁠⁠​⁠⁠‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 62 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

Photo of the machine electronics compartment with the Main machine controller (EB1) labeled, and an inset photo of the machine with the compartment open above the batteries
Figure 2
Two photos: the display controller board with callouts for Flat calbes from (EB2) to (EB3), Display controller (EB2) and Smart key reader (IB); and the control panel with a callout for User interface controller (EB3)
Figure 3
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 63, used with permission. SES ref PF-ZDRG-BHNO‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​​⁠⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‍⁠‌​‌​‍⁠⁠⁠‍‍​⁠⁠⁠​‌​⁠​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 63 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

Main machine controller (EB1) alarm codes

In short When something goes wrong, the display shows ALARM and a code. If the display itself is not working, the yellow and red LEDs on the Main machine controller flash the same alarm. The first alarm in the tables, G2, flashes the yellow and red LEDs 2 times.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍‌⁠​‌​‌​⁠‍‍‍‌​⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‍‌

The Main machine controller (EB1) indicates a series of alarms in case of malfunction of one or more systems, and in case of abnormal conditions detected in the input signals.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍‌⁠​‌​‌​⁠‍‍‍‌​⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‍‌

The alarms are shown on the display in the following format: ALARM <XX> <DESCRIPTION> (Figure 4).

Control panel display showing the format of an alarm message: WARNING, ALARM <G2>, <EEPROM ERROR>, with a battery symbol
Figure 4

In case the display is malfunctioning, the alarms are also repeated by the yellow and red diagnostic LEDs (Figure 5) on the Main machine controller (EB1), as indicated in the following tables.

Corner of the Main machine controller showing fuse F1, the VA- and VA+ connectors, connector J6, the three diagnostic LEDs (green, red and yellow, marked FUNC and DRIVE) and connector J7
Figure 5
General alarms – Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING YELLOW + RED LEDS
Alarm codeDescriptionNo. flashesMeaningConditionEffectService suggestions
G2#EEPROM ERROR2EEPROM errorEEPROM errorFunction block + Default setting reset

If the machine continues to function after G2 has been displayed, this may have been caused by a significant external electromagnetic disturbance.

  1. Check that the settings and parameters (see pages 71 - 72) are correct (they may have returned to their defaults). If the error persists, the Main machine controller must be replaced.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 64, used with permission. SES ref PF-JTGL-7VX5‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍‌⁠​‌​‌​⁠‍‍‍‌​⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 64 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
General alarms – Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING YELLOW + RED LEDS
Alarm codeDescriptionNo. flashesMeaningConditionEffectService suggestions
G3#MAIN FUSE FAILURE3Blown F1 fuse.Blown F1 fuse.Function block.

F1 is a safety fuse primarily included to prevent a short circuit or serious damage to the Main machine controller causing currents such as to melt cables and/or cause smoke or fire. If F1 has blown, this is usually indicative of serious damage to the Main machine controller.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‍⁠‌‍‍‌​⁠‍‍⁠‍⁠⁠⁠‍‌‌⁠⁠​​⁠

  1. Removing the cover should allow you to understand the extent of the damage, but the solution in any case should be to replace the Main machine controller.
  2. Try replacing fuse F1 only if there is no clear damage to the Main machine controller and wiring.
  3. Ensure you tighten the fuse contacts correctly.
Broken battery.

It could happen also if a battery is broken:

Check the battery voltage under load.

G4#BATTERY LOW VOLTAGE4Undervoltage.The battery voltage remains below 18.4V for over 10 seconds (for WET CELL batteries, 19.6V for GEL-AGM batteries).Function block.
  1. Check the battery voltage under no-load conditions and under load. Replace the faulty battery/batteries if necessary.
  2. Recharge the batteries by performing a complete charging cycle.
G5#BATTERY OVERVOLTAGE5Excessive battery voltage.Battery voltage over 32V.Function block.Check the voltage of the installed batteries and that the terminals are correctly tightened.
G6#HARDWARE FAILURE6Serial communication error with User interface controller.No signal or error in communications decoding between the Main machine controller (EB1) and the Display controller (EB2).No block.
  1. Check the 5 cables from the 6-way User interface controller connector to connector J3 pins 1, 2, 3, 4.
  2. If there is continuity, the User interface controller must be replaced.
G7#HARDWARE FAILURE7General relay fault.Relay closes or closed at start-up.Function block.Replace the Main machine controller.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 65, used with permission. SES ref PF-PJQP-347P‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‍⁠‌‍‍‌​⁠‍‍⁠‍⁠⁠⁠‍‌‌⁠⁠​​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 65 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Main machine controller alarms – Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING RED LED
Alarm codeDescriptionNo. flashesMeaningConditionEffectService suggestions
F2#BRUSH MOTOR OVERLOAD2BRUSH motor amperometric protection.The motor current is greater than the value of the parameter (see page 72) VS1Brush motor output stop.Check the current draw of the brush motor. It should remain below the value set in the parameter “VS1” during operation.
F3#VACUUM MOTOR OVERLOAD3VACUUM SYSTEM amperometric protection.The current draw of the vacuum motor is greater than 30A for over 10 seconds.Vacuum system block.
  1. Check for any debris in the vacuum motor.
  2. Check that the motor rotor turns freely.
  3. Replace the vacuum motor if necessary.
F4#DECK ACTUATOR FAILURE4DECK ACTUATOR overcurrent.Current greater than 4A detected for more than 1 second.Brush function block.
  1. Check that there is no friction on the brush deck linkage; lubricate if necessary.
  2. Check that the actuator and deck travel is not blocked by mechanical obstructions.
  3. If the problem persists, replace the actuator.
F5#HARDWARE FAILURE5Short circuit on the vacuum or brush motor drive MOSFET.MOSFET short circuit.Function block.
  1. Check that there are no short circuits in the motor wiring.
  2. Replace the Main machine controller.
F6#PRESSURE GAUGE FAILURE6PRESSURE GAUGE FAILURE (Not used)---
F7#OVERHEATING7Motor drive section thermal cut-out.The heatsink on the Main machine controller has reached a temperature of 194°F (90°C).Function block.Check the vacuum and brush motor power draw and that the openings of the electrical compartment are not blocked.
F8#BRUSH MOTOR FAILURE8Brush motor output short circuit.I > 150A for 20µsec.Function block.Check for short circuits in the wiring or motor.
F9#VACUUM MOTOR FAILURE9Vacuum motor output overcurrent.I > 150A for 20µsec.Function block.Check for short circuits in the wiring or motor.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 66, used with permission. SES ref PF-BAXN-YFK4‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌​​‍​​‍⁠⁠​⁠⁠‍‌‍‍‌⁠​‍‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 66 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Drive system alarm codes

In short Drive system alarms T2 to T7 flash the yellow LED on the Main machine controller. All of them cut power to the drive motor until the KEY input is reset, except T3, which clears as soon as the paddle potentiometer returns to the “machine stopped” voltage.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠​‌‍‌‍​‌⁠‌​‍​‍‍‍‌‌​​‌​
Drive system alarms – Alarm on Main machine controller - FLASHING YELLOW LED
Alarm codeDescriptionNo. flashesMeaningConditionEffectService suggestions
T2#DRIVE MOTOR OVERLOAD2Amperometric protection intervention.Drive motor current draw greater than the parameter (see page 72) “INOM” for more than the parameter (see page 72) “TMAX”.Drive blocked.Check the current draw of the drive motor (this should be around 6-8amps without load and remain below 10-12amps during operation).
T3#RELEASE THE PADDLE !3Paddle not in rest position when the machine is turned on.Voltage on J1.2 of the Display controller (EB2) out of range 1.29V - 1.49V with respect to - BAT.Drive blocked.Check that the paddle moves correctly, lubricating if necessary; check the linkage and potentiometer.
T4#PADDLE INPUT FAILURE4Incorrect voltage measured at the paddle potentiometer input.Voltage on J1.2 of the Display controller (EB2) above 3V.Drive blocked.
  1. Check the connection of the potentiometer to the Display controller.
  2. Replace the potentiometer.
  3. Replace the Display controller.
T5#HARDWARE FAILURE5Drive system power section damageMOSFET short circuit.Drive blocked.

Disconnect M1 and M2 from controller, press the pedal‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠​‌‍‌‍​‌⁠‌​‍​‍‍‍‌‌​​‌​

  1. if the alarm persist replace the controller,
  2. if not, check the cables of the gear motor and motor itself for a short circuit
T6#DRIVE MOTOR FAILURE6Overcurrent (motor D.C.)Drive motor current draw greater than 1.5 times the value of the parameter (see page 72) “IMAX”.Drive blocked.
  1. Check that the gear motor cables are not short circuited
  2. Check that the motor of the gear motor unit is not short circuited (the impedance of the motor should be around 0.6 – 0.8 Ohm)
  3. If necessary, replace the gear motor unit motor
T7#OVERHEATING7Drive motor drive section thermal cut-out.The heatsink on the Main machine controller has reached a temperature of 194°F (90°C).Drive blocked.
  1. Check the drive motor power draw and that the openings of the electrical compartment are not blocked.
  2. If everything is within normal parameters, this may simply have been caused by extreme working conditions such as: Ambient temperature over 86°F (>30°C), sloping working sections. Simply leave the system to cool and turn the machine back on.

All alarms of the drive system operate by cutting the power supply to the gear motor unit motor until the KEY input is reset (with the exception of alarm T3 which is reset as soon as the input voltage of the paddle potentiometer returns within the values corresponding to “machine stopped”). In case of simultaneous errors, the one with greater priority is shown first (priority order is opposite to the number of flashes).

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 67, used with permission. SES ref PF-FWXW-DSHX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠​‌‍‌‍​‌⁠‌​‍​‍‍‍‌‌​​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 67 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

On-board battery charger alarm codes

SPE charger

On-board Battery Charger Alarms - SPE Charger
Alarm codeDescriptionMeaningConditionEffectService suggestions
C1#CHARGER COMMUNICAT.Communication problem between the battery charger and the Main machine controller.No signal from battery charger via gate J4.4 for over 3 seconds.The battery charger is performing the standard recharging cycle for generic GEL/AGM batteries.Check the wiring between the battery charger and the Main machine controller (EB1).
C2#BATTERY OVERVOLTAGEBattery overvoltage.Battery voltage over 32V.Battery charger block.
  1. Check the connections of the batteries and the voltage of the installed batteries.
  2. Disconnect and reconnect the battery charger.
C4#CHARGING TIME I EXPIREDCharging phase I expired.Battery excessively discharged or at end of life cycle.Battery charger block.If the problem persists, replace the batteries.
C5#CHARGING TIME II EXPIREDCharging phase II expired.Battery excessively discharged or at end of life cycle.Battery charger block.If the problem persists, replace the batteries.
C6#CHARGER FAULTBattery charger internal short circuit.Battery charger internal short circuit.Battery charger block.Replace the battery charger.

DeltaQ chargers - IC650 and RC1000?

On-board Battery Charger Alarms - Delta-Q IC and RC series
Alarm codeDescriptionCauseUser action
D1#charger int. errorInternal charger fault.Disconnect the AC and turn off the battery (remove the iButton key) for minimum 30 seconds. If the error comes again, please contact Nilfisk service.
D2#battery overvoltageBattery voltage is too high.Check the battery status LED, disconnect the AC, turn off the battery (remove the iButton key) and check the accessible battery cable connections. If the error comes again, please contact Nilfisk service.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 68, used with permission. SES ref PF-IPOC-P4WY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌‌​‍‍⁠‌​​​‍‍⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠​‌⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 68 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
On-board Battery Charger Alarms - Delta-Q IC and RC series
Alarm codeDescriptionCauseUser action
D3#charge timeoutCharge time limit exceeded.Check the battery status LED, disconnect the AC, turn off the battery (remove the iButton key) and check the accessible battery cable connections. If the error comes again, please contact Nilfisk service.
D4#battery conn. errorInsufficient battery DC connectionDisconnect the AC, turn off the battery (remove the iButton key) and check the accessible battery cable connections. If the error comes again, please contact Nilfisk service.
D5#AC overvoltageThe AC voltage is too highDisconnect the AC and check the AC connections and the power grid. Please be aware that the charger works in 85-270V AC range.
D6#AC undervoltageThe AC voltage is too low.Disconnect the AC and check the AC connections and the power grid. Please be aware that the charger works in 85-270V AC range.
D7#charger comm. errorCommunication error between the charger and the battery.Disconnect the AC, turn off the battery (remove the iButton key) and check the accessible communication cable connections. If the error comes again, please contact Nilfisk service.
D8#charger fan errorThe fan of the charger is blocked or broken. Only related to RC1000 charger.Check the condition and clogging of the fan. If necessary, clean it with compressed air and/or fine brush. If the error comes again, please contact Nilfisk service.

Nilfisk lithium-ion battery alarm codes

Note: Machines with 1 module: In some battery-related error conditions, the output of the module is disabled and the machine will switch off, error messages will not appear on the display. Please check the LEDs on the battery modules. RED LED = battery output disabled Refer to the “Nilfisk Lithium-Ion Battery Module” service manual form number 56043180.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​​​‍‌‌⁠‍⁠‍​⁠⁠⁠​‌‍⁠​​​‌

Note: Machines with more than 1 module installed: If the conditions allow, only the defective module(s) will switch off. The other modules can supply the voltage for the machine and it can continue to operate or show the error messages.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 69, used with permission. SES ref PF-LGMB-GQBE‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​​​‍‌‌⁠‍⁠‍​⁠⁠⁠​‌‍⁠​​​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 69 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Nilfisk Lithium-ion Battery Module Alarms
Alarm codeDescriptionCauseMachine action during useMachine action during chargingUser action
L2#Battery temp errorOver- or under temperature warning during charging or discharging.Error message flashes, the machine switches off after 5 secondsThe charging will be stopped and will be automatically resumed when the temperature is within specified limits.When the machine is in use, try to reduce the load. Pay attention to the normal operation temperatures. Check the cooling fan inlet of the battery and clean if it necessary.
L3#Recuperation AlarmToo much regenerative charge during dynamic braking on a slope with fully charged batteries.Error message flashing, traction disabled, other functions (brush, vacuum) can work. SC2000: the magnetic brake activated.Not applicableUse the machine only on the allowed slope and don’t push it manually. If possible, turn on the brush and vacuum to consume some charge. The error is latching, machine reset required after the conditions normalized.
L4#CAN error/failCAN wiring/contact error or bad Node-ID configurationError message flashing, machine completely disabledError message flashing. If the CAN connection between the battery and charger is functioning, the charging can be continued.Turn off the machine, check the accessible wires/connections. In other case, contact Nilfisk service.
L8#over current errorOvercurrent detectedError message flashes, machine disabled. In the overcurrent condition, the battery will disable its output after 5 seconds and the machine will switched OFF. SC2000: magnetic brake activated.Charging stopped.Turn off the machine, check the accessible wires/connections. Reduce the load, check the free rotation of the wheels and brush. Please do a “Battery reset”. If this error comes again, contact Nilfisk service.
L9#undercharge errorBattery is undercharged.Error message flashes, machine disabled. In the undercharge condition, the battery will disable its output after 5 seconds and the machine will switched OFF. SC2000: magnetic brake activated.Not applicable.Turn off the machine and recharge the batteries.
L11#module defect errorOne or more modules defective.Error message flashes, no other action on machine side. If the battery module have a serious error, the output of the whole battery pack can be disabled, in this case the machine is OFF. SC2000: magnetic brake activated.The charging of the operational modules can continue.Please do a “Battery reset”. If the error exists, contact Nilfisk service. Note: If the machine is equipped with more than 1 modules and they are fully operational, you can use the machine but the error message is always on the LCD.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 70, used with permission. SES ref PF-CG3L-FZ3A‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠⁠⁠​​‌⁠⁠‍‌‍​⁠‌⁠‌‍⁠​‍‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 70 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Black-box: Recording of Alarms, Parameters (see pages 71-72), Partial Operating Time Counter

In short The machine stores the alarms it has had and keeps hour counters. Place the yellow Supervisor key, then press the power button to reach the main screen; from there the buttons lead to the settings, the alarm log, the hour meters and the smart-key setup.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‌‍​⁠​‍‌⁠‍‍⁠​‍‌​​⁠‍⁠‌‌

The alarms activated during normal machine operation are stored and can be read in the corresponding log (Alarm Log Screen).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‌‍​⁠​‍‌⁠‍‍⁠​‍‌​​⁠‍⁠‌‌

Display, main screen

  1. Place the Supervisor key (yellow) (Figure 6), then press the button [Power] to access the main screen (Figure 7) of the display.
    The two magnetic smart keys: a blue key and a yellow key (the yellow one is the supervisor key)
    Figure 6
  2. Press [One-Touch] push-button to change the machine settings (see Machine Settings Screen section).
  3. Press the [Brush release] button or [REV] button to check for any stored machine alarms (see Alarms Log Screen section).
  4. Press the “hare” button [Hare] to check the machine’s hours of operation (see Operating Time Counter Screen section).
  5. Press the “tortoise” button [Tortoise] to manage the magnetic smart keys.

Corrected an obvious misprint: “Supevisor” printed as “Supervisor” and “the the button” printed as “the button” (the key is called the supervisor key on page 77).

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 71, used with permission. SES ref PF-IDCP-GXD6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‌‍​⁠​‍‌⁠‍‍⁠​‍‌​​⁠‍⁠‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 71 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Main screen of the display showing four menu choices on the left side of the screen (PARAMETER SETTINGS, ALARM LOG, HOUR METERS, USER KEY SETUP, plus SOL. LEVEL at the lower left), each with an arrow to one of the four right-hand buttons
Figure 7

The arrows in Figure 7 connect each menu choice on the screen to a button:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‌⁠‌‍‌‌‍​⁠​‍‍‍‌​⁠⁠​‌​‍‌

  • PARAMETER SETTINGS: [One-Touch] button (top right).
  • ALARM LOG: [Brush release] button.
  • HOUR METERS: [Hare] button.
  • USER KEY SETUP: [Tortoise] button.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 72, used with permission. SES ref PF-AAY4-DJLC‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‌⁠‌‍‌‌‍​⁠​‍‍‍‌​⁠⁠​‌​‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 72 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, alarms log screen

The alarms log screen (Figure 8) function allows you to check any alarms stored on the machine.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​​​‍‍​‌‌‌‌​‌⁠‌​⁠‌⁠​‍⁠​​

To return to the main screen (Figure 6), press the [One-Touch] button repeatedly.

Alarms log screen showing LOGGED EVENTS, HOURS: <TOT>, LOG, DESCRIPTION, with NEXT and RES labels beside the right-hand buttons
Figure 8

Each alarm (See table of alarms in the Main machine controller Alarm Codes section) is stored along with the working hour (machine operating time counter) at which it occurred and all alarms are recorded in the order in which they occurred, from the most recent to the oldest.

The memory holds up to 20 alarm records, after which the oldest are overwritten when new alarms occur.

Improper uses of the batteries or battery charger are also recorded, as in the following table:

On-board Battery Charger Alarms
Alarm codeDescriptionMeaningConditionEffect
GB-N#CONTINUOUS LOW BATTERY VOLTAGETime of continuous use with discharged batteries“N” is the number of hours from key on to off when the battery level is below 20.4V for WET CELL (21.6 for AGM) batteries. This event is not recorded if the usage time is below 10 minutes.Incorrect use by customer. Risk of reduced battery life.
GC#CHARGER DISCONN BEFORE END CYCLECharging cycle interrupted before completionDisconnection of battery charger before stage IV = battery symbol with 3 segments lit steadily.Incorrect use by customer. Risk of reduced battery life.
GD-N#CHARGING TIME LESS THAN 4 HOURSCharging phase durationN = Number of hours from battery charger connection to completion of PHASE II (red LED on) if < 4Incorrect use by customer. Risk of reduced battery life.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 73, used with permission. SES ref PF-TDEY-KATN‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​​​‍‍​‌‌‌‌​‌⁠‌​⁠‌⁠​‍⁠​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 73 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, machine settings screen

The machine settings screen (Figure 9) functions allow you to customise some parameters described in the following table of modifiable parameters.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​‌⁠⁠​‌⁠‌⁠​‌⁠​‍‌⁠⁠⁠‍‍⁠​

  1. Press the “hare” button [Hare] to increase the value of the current parameter.
  2. Press the “tortoise” button [Tortoise] to decrease the value of the current parameter.
  3. Press the [One-Touch] button to move to the next parameter.
  4. To return to the main screen (Figure 6), press the brush release button [Brush release].
Machine settings screen showing parameter CHM1, CHEMICAL % STD LEVEL 1 - 6, value 1. 0.25% (1:400), with SAVE, NEXT, EXIT, + and - labels beside the right-hand buttons
Figure 9
Modifiable Parameters
CodeDescriptionMin. valueFactory settingMax. value
CHM1Detergent concentration level 11:400 (0.25 %)1:400 (0.25 %)1:33 (3 %)
CHM2Detergent concentration level 21:400 (0.25 %)1:125 (0.80 %)1:33 (3 %)
P1/P3Level 1 solution flow rate in relation to level 3
(see section “System for Flow Rate Regulation as Function of Speed”)
0 %25 %100 %
P2/P3Level 2 solution flow rate in relation to level 3
(see section “System for Flow Rate Regulation as Function of Speed”)
0 %50 %100 %
P3Level 3 solution flow rateDISC0.10 fl oz/ft (1.0 cl/m)0.31 fl oz/ft (3.0 cl/m)0.52 fl oz/ft (5.0 cl/m)
REV0.10 fl oz/ft (1.0 cl/m)0.15 fl oz/ft (1.5 cl/m)0.52 fl oz/ft (5.0 cl/m)
P4Level 4 solution flow enabling (0.74 gal/min (2.8 L/min) regardless of speed)OFFOFFON
SPTEcoFlex function timer0 (disabled)60 sec.300 sec.
XPRESBrush deck extra pressure enableOFFONON
FVMINMinimum forward speed0 %25 %100 %
FVMAXMaximum forward speed10 %100 %100 %
RVMAXMaximum reverse speed10 %30 %50 %
BATInstalled battery type017
TOFFAutomatic shut-off time0 (disabled)300 sec.600 sec.
BRGHDisplay contrast52050
VRIDVacuum power in silent mode115
RPM (*)Reduced brush rpm activation threshold5920
RESET (**)Restore factory settings for all parametersOFFOFFON
  • (*) Increase the value of this parameter to reduce the brush motor speed in a wider range of applications and vice versa
  • (**) The RESET function acts only on “MODIFIABLE PARAMETERS” and not on “HIDDEN PARAMETERS”.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 74, used with permission. SES ref PF-IEYG-IW67‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​‌⁠⁠​‌⁠‌⁠​‌⁠​‍‌⁠⁠⁠‍‍⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 74 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

The following parameters are displayed only when, on reaching the last parameter RESET, the [One-Touch] button is pressed together with the [EcoFlex] and [Vacuum] buttons.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌​⁠​‌‍‍⁠⁠⁠‌‌‌​⁠⁠​‌‌‍⁠⁠

If only the [One-Touch] button is pressed, the system will return to the first parameter CHM1.

Hidden Parameters
CodeDescriptionMin. valueFactory settingMax. valueMeaning
TSERVService advisory timer001000Set to a value X greater than 0 if you wish the “Service Advisory” icon to be displayed every X hours of machine running time (according to the main operating time counter). To reset the hour counter for the icon display countdown (until the next service advisory), press the BURST and vacuum buttons for 10 seconds with the display on the “SERVICE MENU” page.
ARMaximum acceleration ramp (sec.)0.5 sec.1.5 sec.5 sec.Increase to obtain a less abrupt response when accelerating, and vice versa.
DRMaximum deceleration ramp (sec.)DISC0.5 sec.1.5 sec.8 sec.

Increase to obtain a less abrupt response when decelerating, and vice versa.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the braking distance.

REV0.5 sec.2.5 sec.8 sec.
IRMaximum deceleration ramp in reverse (sec.)0.5 sec.0.5 sec.5 sec.

This is the maximum current which can be supplied to the disc brush deck.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motors overheating.

VS1Brush 1 motor protection threshold20A30A50A

This is the maximum current which can be supplied to the disc brush deck.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motors overheating.

VS2Brush 2 motor protection threshold20A40A50A

This is the maximum current which can be supplied to the cylindrical brush deck.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motors overheating.

VDEADPaddle potentiometer dead zone0.0V0.1V1.0VIncrease if the alarm T3 appears in the rest position and it is not possible to adjust the system’s mechanics. (Speed regulation will, however, be more difficult to modulate)
INOMNominal drive current10A15A15A

This is the maximum continuous current which can be supplied to the electric wheel drive unit.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motor overheating.

IMAXMaximum drive current10A45A45A

This is the maximum instantaneous current which can be supplied to the electric wheel drive unit.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motor overheating.

TMAXProtection trip time for IMAX0 sec.12 sec.60 sec.

This is the reaction time of the electric wheel drive unit protection device when overloaded: this parameter is used in conjunction with IMAX to obtain the most appropriate response curve for the overload protection motor actuation system.

WARNING: increasing this value increases the risk of the motor overheating.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 75, used with permission. SES ref PF-UUOS-KJR6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌​⁠​‌‍‍⁠⁠⁠‌‌‌​⁠⁠​‌‌‍⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 75 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, operating time counter screen

The operating time counter screen (Figure 10) function allows you to check the total accumulated hours of work for each machine subsystem:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍‍​‍​‍⁠​​​​‌‍⁠‌​‌⁠⁠‌‌⁠

  • (A) TOTAL counter (machine running time): same counter display on screen after starting machine.
  • (B) DRIVE counter (drive system usage time).
  • (C) BRUSH counter (brush rotation system usage time).
  • (D) VACUUM counter (vacuum system usage time).
Operating time counter screen with four hour readouts labeled A (TOTAL, power symbol), B (DRIVE, machine symbol), C (BRUSH, brush symbol) and D (VACUUM, vacuum symbol), and an EXIT label beside the top right button
Figure 10

Time counter reset

To reset the time counter see the table below for the procedure:

Push-button (> 10 sec.)Time counter reset
[EcoFlex] button (tree icon)(A) TOTAL counter (*)
[Vacuum] button (hand and crossed-out spray icon)(B) DRIVE counter
Button with water faucet icon(C) BRUSH counter
Button with flask icon(D) VACUUM counter

(*) When the TOTAL counter is reset, it is automatically reset also all partial ones (B, C, D) and deleted all LOG memory.

To return to the main screen (Figure 7), press the [One-Touch] button.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 76, used with permission. SES ref PF-PXQ4-LDG6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍‍​‍​‍⁠​​​​‌‍⁠‌​‌⁠⁠‌‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 76 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display, magnetic smart keys management screen

The Magnetic Smart Keys Management Screen (Figure 11) allows you to define if the machine can be used with whatever user key (factory setting) or only with one or more specific user keys.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​‌​‍​‍⁠‍​‌‌‍​​⁠‍‍‍‌⁠​‍

To switch on the operator mode press the “hare” button [Hare].

Identify a specific user key to be used for the machine

  1. Remove the supervisor key (if present) from the key reader.
  2. Place the user key on the key reader, then press the [One-Touch] button.

Remove a specific user key from the list of the keys to be used for the machine

  1. Remove the supervisor key (if present) from the key reader.
  2. Place the user key on the key reader, then press the brush release button [Brush release].

Replace the factory setting (whatever user key can be used for the machine)

  1. Remove the supervisor key (if present) from the key reader.
  2. Press the brush release button [Brush release].
  3. Confirm the command pressing the [One-Touch] button.
Magnetic smart keys management screen showing ADD KEY, DELETE KEY, WORK and EXIT, each beside one of the right-hand buttons
Figure 11

To return to the main screen (Figure 7), press the “tortoise” button [Tortoise].

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 77, used with permission. SES ref PF-E2TB-6T3N‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​‌​‍​‍⁠‍​‌‌‍​​⁠‍‍‍‌⁠​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 77 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

System for flow rate regulation as function of speed

In short Solution flow levels 1, 2 and 3 change how long the solenoid valve opens so the machine puts down the same amount of solution on each square foot of floor at any speed. Level 3 is the reference and levels 1 and 2 are set as a percentage of it; level 4 holds the valve open.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​⁠⁠‍‍‍⁠⁠​‍‍‌‍‌​‌⁠​‌‌⁠‌

Solution flow levels 1, 2 and 3 regulate the flow of detergent solution on the basis of the machine speed so as to keep the quantity of solution dispensed per square foot (square metre) of floor treated constant.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​⁠⁠‍‍‍⁠⁠​‍‍‌‍‌​‌⁠​‌‌⁠‌

The reference flow level is level 3: based on the setting of the corresponding parameter P3, the opening time of the solenoid valve (and of the detergent pump when fitted) is regulated so that the quantity of solution in centiliters per metre (fluid ounces per foot) travelled by the machine is constant and equal to the value set in the parameter (centiliters per metre).

For example, for P3 = 3.0, the machine will dispense 0.31 fl oz of solution per foot (3 centiliters per metre) travelled, which equates (for the standard deck width of 20.9 in (530 mm)) to 0.18 fl oz per square foot (5.7 centiliters per square metre) of floor treated.

Levels 1 and 2 are defined via the corresponding parameters P1 and P2 as a % of level 3.

For example, for P1 = 25 and P2 = 50, P1 and P2 are respectively ¼ (25%) and ½ (50%) of the reference flow rate P3.

The default values (the same as in the example above) are summarized in the table, with the corresponding flow rate values in gallons per minute (liters per minute), dependent on machine speed, given as a reference.

SC500 DISC detergent flow (as a function of speed) (standard setting)
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Gallons/minute (liters/minute) @ 0.6 mph (1 km/h)0.05 (0.2)0.08 (0.3)0.13 (0.5)
Gallons/minute (liters/minute) @ 1.9 mph (3 km/h)0.11 (0.4)0.21 (0.8)0.40 (1.5)
Gallons/minute (liters/minute) @ 3.1 mph (5 km/h)0.16 (0.6)0.34 (1.3)0.66 (2.5)
Fluid ounces per foot cleaned (centiliters per metre cleaned) (constant)0.08 (0.75)0.15 (1.5)0.31 (3)
Fluid ounces per square foot cleaned (centiliters per meter² cleaned) (Ø20.9 in (530 mm) deck)0.044 (1.4)0.088 (2.8)0.18 (5.7)

Level 4 (when enabled) is independent of any parameter and supplies the maximum possible quantity of solution as it keeps the solenoid valve of the supply system constantly open (with the brush rotating).

SC500 DISC detergent flow rate
Level 4
Gallons/minute (liters/minute) - Tank full0.92 (3.5)
Gallons/minute (liters/minute) - Average0.66 (2.5)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 78, used with permission. SES ref PF-FVIB-KIZK‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​⁠⁠‍‍‍⁠⁠​‍‍‌‍‌​‌⁠​‌‌⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 78 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Main machine controller (EB1)

In short To take out the main controller, disconnect the red battery connector first, lift the recovery tank and remove the cover of the electronic component compartment (7 screws). Then unplug every connection and remove the 4 retaining screws. Reassemble in the reverse order.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍​​‍⁠‍​‍​‍​‌‌‍‌⁠​‌‍⁠​​⁠
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor, remove the ignition key, and disconnect the red battery connector.
  2. Lift the recovery tank.
  3. Remove the 7 screws and remove the electronic component compartment cover.
  4. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 12):
    • (A) and (B) Board power supply connection (B+) and (B-).
    • (C) and D) Brush motor connection (BR+) and (BR-).
Left: photo of the electronic component compartment with the connections marked by letters; right: drawing of the Main machine controller with the same letters (A and B at the B+ and B- terminals, C and D at the BR+ and BR- terminals)
Figure 12
  1. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 13):
    • (E) and (F) Drive system motor connection (M1) and (M2).
    • (G) and (H) Vacuum motor connection (VA+) and (VA-).
Left: photo of the electronic component compartment with the connections marked by letters; right: drawing of the Main machine controller with the same letters (E and F at the M1 and M2 connector, G and H at the VA+ and VA- connector)
Figure 13
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 79, used with permission. SES ref PF-FD3L-GGPS‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌​⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍​​‍⁠‍​‍​‍​‌‌‍‌⁠​‌‍⁠​​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 79 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 14):
    • (I) Deck actuator and detergent pump connection (J1).
    • (J) Solenoid valve connection (J2).
    • (K) Display controller connection (J3).
    • (L) Battery charger connection (J4).
    • (M) Detergent level sensor connection (J5).
    • (N) Connection (J6).
Left: photo of the electronic component compartment with the connections marked by letters; right: drawing of the Main machine controller with the same letters (I, K and L at connectors J1, J3 and J4; N at J6; M at J5; J at J2)
Figure 14
  1. Unscrew the 4 retaining screws (O) and carefully remove the Main machine controller (Figure 15).
Left: photo of the electronic component compartment with the four retaining screws marked O; right: drawing of the Main machine controller
Figure 15
  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 80, used with permission. SES ref PF-FBSO-VMPN‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​‌⁠​‍‍‍⁠‌​​⁠​​⁠​‌‌‍‍⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 80 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Display controller (EB2), user interface controller (EB3) and smart key reader (IB)

Display controller (EB2)

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Remove the ignition key.
  3. Disconnect the red battery connector.
  4. Unscrew the 2 screws (A) (Figure 16).
  5. Lift up and remove the User interface controller cover (B).
Two photos of the control panel housing: upper photo shows the two screws (A) being unscrewed with a screwdriver; lower photo shows the user interface controller cover (B)
Figure 16
  1. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 17):
    • (A) Speed potentiometer connection J4.
    • (B) Display controller power supply connection J1.
    • (C) Smart key connection J6.
    • (D) Flat connection J2.
    • (E) Flat connection J3.
  2. Unscrew the 4 screws (F), then remove the Display controller (G).
Two photos of the display controller board inside the housing: upper photo marks connections A to E; lower photo marks the four screws (F) and the display controller (G)
Figure 17

Corrected an obvious misprint: “ingition” printed as “ignition” (step 2).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‍​‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌​‍‍‌⁠​‍​⁠‌‍‌‍‍

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 81, used with permission. SES ref PF-HXYD-M5ZY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‍​‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌​‍‍‌⁠​‍​⁠‌‍‌‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 81 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

User interface controller (EB4)

  1. Perform points 1 to 5 for removal of the Display controller.
  2. Disconnect the following connections sequentially (Figure 18):
    • (A) Flat connection J2.
    • (B) Flat connection J3.
  3. Carefully raise the User interface controller (C), detaching it from the cover (D).

Smart key reader (IB)

  1. Perform points 1 to 5 for removal of the Display controller.
  2. Disconnect the Smart key reader connection J6 (E).
  3. Loosen the hexagon (F) then remove the Smart key reader (G).

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly and note the following:
    • Before fastening the User interface controller (C), ensure that the flat connections (A) and (B) are correctly run through the slots in the cover (D), then glue the User interface controller to the cover itself.
Left: photo of the display controller board inside the housing with flat connections A and B, smart key reader connection E, hexagon F and smart key reader G marked; right: the control panel cover D with the user interface controller C
Figure 18

Corrected an obvious misprint: “exagon” printed as “hexagon” (step 13).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​​‌‍​​‌​⁠‌​‍‍‌⁠⁠​​‍​‍⁠​

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 82, used with permission. SES ref PF-XEJW-3NNB‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​​‌‍​​‌​⁠‌​‍‍‌⁠⁠​​‍​‍⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 82 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Main machine controller (EB1) connectors

In short The battery supply connections on the Main machine controller are rated 24V and 125A, and the brush motor connections are rated 24V and 50A.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‍⁠‍​‍​‍⁠‍‍​⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠
(Figure 18) Power connections (Ø0.24 in (6 mm) male RADSOK terminals - AMPHENOL SK 200800532 101 or equivalent)
Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
B+Main machine controller power supply +in24V125ABAT+
B-Main machine controller power supply -in24V125ABAT-
Lower part of the Main machine controller showing the +B and -B power terminals highlighted in yellow, the BR+ and BR- terminals, connectors J2, J5 and J7 and the marking NOT USED IN LET
Figure 19
(Figure 19) Drive connections (Ø0.14 in (3.6 mm) male RADSOK terminals - AMPHENOL P/N N01 036 6501 001 or equivalent)
Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
BR+Brush motor +out24V50AM1+
BR-Brush motor -out24V50AM1-
Lower part of the Main machine controller showing the BR+ and BR- terminals highlighted in yellow, the +B and -B terminals, connectors J2, J5 and J7 and the marking NOT USED IN LET
Figure 20
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 83, used with permission. SES ref PF-2SHF-DF5H‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‍⁠‍​‍​‍⁠‍‍​⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 83 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
(Figure 20) Drive connections (2-way male faston T-connectors, 0.25 x 0.03 in (6.3x0.8 mm) – spacing 0.29 in (7.4 mm))
Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
M1Drive system motor +out0-24V45AM3+
M2Drive system motor -out0-24V45AM3-
Upper part of the Main machine controller showing the M1 and M2 faston connectors, connectors J1, J3 and J4, and fuse F2
Figure 21
(Figure 21) Vacuum connections (2-way male parallel faston connectors, 0.25 x 0.03 in (6.3x0.8 mm) – spacing 0.26 in (6.5 mm))
Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
VA+Vacuum system power supply +out10-24V30AM2+
VA-Vacuum system power supply -out0V30AM2-
Upper left part of the Main machine controller showing fuse F1, the VA+ and VA- faston connectors, connector J6 with the FUNC and DRIVE LEDs, and connectors J7, J5 and J2
Figure 22
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 84, used with permission. SES ref PF-3WTB-WXFA‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍⁠‌‍⁠‌‍‍⁠‍‌​‌‍⁠‌‍⁠⁠‍⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 84 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

(Figure 22) J1: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 8-ways vertical

In short These tables list the pins on the main machine controller (EB1) connectors for the magnetic smart key models: what the pin does, its voltage reference, maximum current and what it connects to. This page covers J1 and J2; J3 to J7 follow on pages 86 to 88.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠‌‌​‍​‍​⁠⁠⁠‌‍​‌‍‌‍​‌‍‍
PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Detergent pump power supply +out24V<1AM4
2Detergent pump power supply -out0V<1AM4
3Deck actuator power supply +/-out0/24V8AM5
4Deck actuator power supply -/+out0/24V8AM5
5Power supply for ADV versions configuratorout0V<1AJ1.6
6ADV versions configurator returnin0V<1AJ1.5
7Power supply for deck configuratorout0V<1AJ1.8
8Deck configurator returnin0V<1AJ1.7
Main machine controller circuit board with the J1 connector (8-way) highlighted in yellow; J3, J4, F2 and the M1 and M2 motor terminals are labeled
Fig. 23

(Figure 23) J2: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 2-ways vertical

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Solenoid valve power supply +out24V1AEV1
2Solenoid valve power supply -out0V1AEV1
Lower part of the main machine controller board with the J2 connector (2-way) highlighted in yellow; J5, J6, J7, VA+, VA-, +B, -B, BR+ and BR- are labeled
Fig. 24
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 85, used with permission. SES ref PF-C6KM-GA4V‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠‌‌​‍​‍​⁠⁠⁠‌‍​‌‍‌‍​‌‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 85 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

(Figure 24) J3: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 6-ways vertical

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1User interface controller power supply +out24V<1AEB2.1
2User interface controller serial +in/out5V<1AEB2.2
3User interface controller serial -in/out0V<1AEB2.3
4User interface controller power supply -out0V<1AEB2.4
5Return from keyin24V<1AEB2.5
6Return from key (repetition)out24V<1A-
Main machine controller circuit board with the J3 connector (6-way) highlighted in yellow; J1, J4, F2 and the M1 and M2 motor terminals are labeled
Fig. 25

(Figure 25) J4: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 4-ways vertical

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Enabling from battery chargerin24V<1ACH.1
2Power supply from battery chargerin24V<1ACH.2
3Battery charger enabling power supplyout24V<1ACH.3
4Battery charger data communicationIn/out5V<1ACH.4
Main machine controller circuit board with the J4 connector (4-way) highlighted in yellow; J1, J3, F1, F2 and the M1 and M2 motor terminals are labeled
Fig. 26
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 86, used with permission. SES ref PF-WQAV-CFE6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​⁠‍‍‌⁠⁠‌⁠‌​⁠⁠⁠⁠‍‌‍‍⁠‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 86 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

(Figure 26) J5: JST VHR-3N vertical 3-way

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Power supply for water level sensor +out24V<1AS1.1
2Water level sensor returnin0V<1AS1.2
3Power supply for water level sensor -out0V<1AS1.3
Main machine controller circuit board with the J5 connector (3-way) highlighted in yellow; J2, J6, J7, VA+, VA-, +B, -B, BR+ and BR- are labeled
Fig. 27

(Figure 27) J6: JUMPER, 2-ways vertical

Main machine controller circuit board with the J6 jumper (2-way) highlighted in yellow; F1, J5, J7, VA+ and VA- are labeled
Fig. 28
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 87, used with permission. SES ref PF-LM5O-QTR4‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​⁠⁠‍⁠‍‍‌⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠⁠⁠​​‌‌‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 87 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

(Figure 28) J7: TYCO MODU II vertical 6-way

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1+24V power supplyout24V<1ATRK.RD
2+5V power supplyout5V<1A-
3iButton input (CAN H channel)In (Out)0V (0-5V)<1ATRK.YE
4Ext. operating time counter enable (CAN L channel)(In) Out0V (0-24V)<1ATRK.WH
5Power supply -out0V<1ATRK.BU
6Machine on signalout24V<1ATRK.BN
Main machine controller circuit board with the J7 connector (6-way) highlighted in yellow; F1, J5, J6, J2, VA+, VA-, +B, -B, BR+ and BR- are labeled
Fig. 29
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 88, used with permission. SES ref PF-HMTX-E6UN‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌⁠‌⁠⁠⁠‌‌⁠‌​‍⁠⁠‌​‌‌‌‌‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 88 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Connectors of the display controller (EB2)

(Figure 29) J1: MOLEX MINIFIT type, 6-ways vertical

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Power supply +in/out24V<1ACFD12.J3.1
2Main machine controller serial +in/out5V<1ACFD12.J3.2
3Main machine controller serial -in0V<1ACFD12.J3.3
4Power supply -out0V<1ACFD12.J3.4
5Key signal return (KEY0)out24V<1ACFD12.J3.5
6Key signal return (KEY0)in24V<1A-
Display controller circuit board with the J1 connector (6-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 30

(Figure 30) J2: FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 9-way, male pins

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.
1Power supply - commonout0V<1A
2ON/OFF button (P0)in0V<1A
3DETERGENT MIX button (P4)in0V<1A
4EDS button (P3)in0V<1A
5VACUUM button (P2)in0V<1A
6VACUUM function LED (LD2)out5V<1A
7SPOT function LED (LD1)out5V<1A
8SPOT button (P1)in0V<1A
9DS versions configuratorin0V<1A
Display controller circuit board with the J2 connector (9-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 31
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 89, used with permission. SES ref PF-FCON-5SPD‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‌‍‍‍‌⁠‍​​‌‌⁠​‍⁠⁠‍‍‌‌‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 89 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

(Figure 31) J3: FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 8-way, male pins

Ref.DescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.
1Power supply - commonout0V<1A
2SP / EXTRAPR function LED (red) (LD3R)out5V<1A
3SP / EXTRAPR function LED (green) (LD3V)out5V<1A
4BRUSH RELEASE function LED (LD4)out5V<1A
5BRUSH RELEASE switch (P6)in0V<1A
6INCREASE SPEED button (P7)in0V<1A
7DECREASE SPEED button (P8)in0V<1A
8ONETOUCH / EXTRAPR. button (P5)in0V<1A
Display controller circuit board with the J3 connector (8-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 32

(Figure 32) J4: JST VH vertical, 3-way (B 3P-VH)

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1VR1 potentiometer power supply +Out3V<1AVR1.1
2VR1 potentiometer returnIn0-3V<1AVR1.2
3VR1 potentiometer power supply -out0V<1AVR1.3
Display controller circuit board with the J4 connector (3-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 33
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 90, used with permission. SES ref PF-WCEC-SJLR‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‍‌‍⁠⁠‌​⁠⁠‍‍‌‌‍⁠⁠‌​‍​​‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 90 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

(Figure 34) J5: MOLEX MICROFIT vertical, 2 ways

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1Smart Key reader signal GNDIn/Out0V<1AKEY.1
2Smart key reader signal IN/OUTIn/Out0-3V<1AKEY.2
Display controller circuit board with the J5 connector (2-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 34

(Figure 35) J6: MOLEX MINIFIT vertical, 2 ways

PINDescriptionController in/outV ref.I max.Connected to
1CAN HIn/Out0-5V<1ATRACK.WH
2CAN LIn/Out0-5V<1ATRACK.PK
Display controller circuit board with the J6 connector (2-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 35
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 91, used with permission. SES ref PF-5RFN-RT5X‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​‍​⁠​‌‌‌‌‌​‌‍‍​⁠⁠‍‌‍‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 91 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Shop measurements

In short These pages give real-world shop voltage readings so you can see what normal looks like on a machine with the magnetic smart key. All readings were taken with the black (negative) meter lead on the main battery negative unless noted. The battery read 25.03V at the battery with the key on.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‌‍‍⁠‍‌‌‌​‍⁠‌‌‍‌‌⁠​​​​

The following tables contain some “real world” shop voltage measurements to help you recognize what “normal” looks like. All voltage values were measured with the black (Negative) voltmeter lead connected to the main battery negative unless otherwise specified.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‌‍‍⁠‍‌‌‌​‍⁠‌‌‍‌‌⁠​​​​

Shop measurements - Main machine controller (EB1)

Battery volts at battery, key on = 25.03V

Power supply

Lower part of the main machine controller board with the +B and -B battery terminals highlighted in yellow; BR+, BR-, J2, J5 and the not-used inlet are labeled
Fig. 36
PINColorDescriptionMeasuredComments
B+RedMain machine controller power supply +24.5vVacuum on
B-BlackMain machine controller power supply -0.035vVVacuum on
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 92, used with permission. SES ref PF-AVM2-YPEM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‌‍‍⁠‍‌‌‌​‍⁠‌‌‍‌‌⁠​​​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 92 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush motor

Lower part of the main machine controller board with the BR+ and BR- brush motor terminals highlighted in yellow; +B and -B are labeled
Fig. 37
PINColorDescriptionMeasuredComments
BR+RedBrush motor +

24.4V (off),‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠⁠​​​‍‍‍​‍⁠⁠‍‍​‍‍​​​‌​

24.2V (on)

Constant Positive
BR-BlueBrush motor -

24.4V (off),

0.15v (on without RPM control activated)

5.8v (on with RPM Control Active – set at 20)

PWM Battery Negative

Drive system motor

Upper part of the main machine controller board with the M1 and M2 drive motor terminals marked in yellow; J1 and J3 are labeled
Fig. 38
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasured
NeutralFwd - InitialReverse - InitialFWD MaxREV Max
M1RedDrive system motor +5.62v12.7v10.9v21.8v8.7v
M2GrayDrive system motor -5.611.9516.008.9v13.5v
M1 to M20.001v6.1v-2.5v22.6-7.4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 93, used with permission. SES ref PF-QAAZ-I7UV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠⁠​​​‍‍‍​‍⁠⁠‍‍​‍‍​​​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 93 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Vacuum motor

Part of the main machine controller board with the VA+ and VA- vacuum motor terminals highlighted in yellow; F1, J6, J7 and J5 are labeled
Fig. 39
PINColorDescriptionMeasuredComments
VA+RedVacuum system power supply +

24.8v (off)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍​⁠⁠‍‌‍‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‍​​‌‍‌​‍‍‌

24.4v (on)

Constant Positive
VA-BlueVacuum system power supply -

24.56 (off)

1.36v (on High)

9.69v (on Quiet mode VRID parameter = 1)

1.02 Running, 9.56 Quiet Mode
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 94, used with permission. SES ref PF-EANS-YCDQ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍​⁠⁠‍‌‍‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‍​​‌‍‌​‍‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 94 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J1 - 8 ways

Upper part of the main machine controller board with the J1 connector (8-way) highlighted in yellow; J3 and the M1 and M2 motor terminals are labeled
Fig. 40
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1RedDetergent pump power supply +24.9v (off)No change seen on voltmeter when the pump pulsed.
2GrayDetergent pump power supply -24.9v (off) Momentary drop to 0 when on.Voltmeter reading momentarily jumped. Too fast to settle into a range and value.
3WhiteDeck actuator power supply +/-

24.8v (Stationary)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠​⁠‌⁠‌‌‍⁠⁠​​‌⁠‌⁠‍‍⁠​​⁠

0.18v (going up)

12v (going up near top)

24.8v (going down to scrub or Ex press)

12.6v (Reset Up)

Stationary: 0v

Transport to Scrub: 24.8v

Scrub to Ex Press: 24.8v then 12v near end of travel.

Ex Press to Scrub: -24.8v

Scrub to Transport: -24.8v then -12v near end of travel

Reset to transport:-12.5v entire range

Reference to J1.3
4BlueDeck actuator power supply -/+

24.8v (stationary)

0.03v (Transport to scrub)

Scrub to EX Press – Initial 0.03v then 12v near bottom

24.8v( Ex press to scrub)

Scrub to Transport – 24.8v

5GreenPower supply for ADV versions configurator0.001
6GreenADV versions configurator return

0.001 (Loop not cut)

4.98v (Open loop)

Loop not cut
7RedPower supply for deck configurator0.001
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 95, used with permission. SES ref PF-PINB-4CVQ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‌⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠​⁠‌⁠‌‌‍⁠⁠​​‌⁠‌⁠‍‍⁠​​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 95 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
8RedDeck configurator return

0.001 (Loop not cut)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‌‌‌​‍​​⁠⁠​‍‍‌⁠

4.98v (Open loop)

Loop not cut

J2 - 2 ways

Part of the main machine controller board with the J2 connector (2-way) highlighted in yellow; J5, J7, +B, -B, BR+ and BR- are labeled
Fig. 41
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1YellowSolenoid valve power supply +24.4 (Off and On)
2PurpleSolenoid valve power supply -

24.4 (off)

Momentary drop (on)

Momentarily drops to 0v when on but it is too fast for a DVOM to read. The value just momentarily changes.

J3 - 6 ways

Main machine controller board with the J3 connector (6-way) highlighted in yellow; J1, J4, F2 and the M1 and M2 motor terminals are labeled
Fig. 42
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1RedMain machine controller power supply +24.9vOn or Off
2WhiteMain machine controller serial +

4.62v key on

0v key off

3Blk/WhMain machine controller serial -

4.13v key on

0v key off

4BlackMain machine controller power supply -0.001v key on
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 96, used with permission. SES ref PF-CUBG-5LDJ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‌‌‌​‍​​⁠⁠​‍‍‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 96 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
5OrangeReturn from key24.3v key inserted and power “on”Either the yellow or gray key has the same result. Note: if no key, jumping +24v here turns the machine on.
6Empty

J4 - 4 ways

Main machine controller board with the J4 connector (4-way) highlighted in yellow; J1, J3, F2 and the M1 and M2 motor terminals are labeled
Fig. 43
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1WhiteEnabling from battery charger24.8v Not ChargingMay see residual voltage back-feeding from the main controller here when charging.
2YellowPower supply from battery charger

0.136v Not charging‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠‌‍⁠​‌‍‌‍​​‌‍⁠​‍⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠

26.1v Charging

3BrownBattery charger enabling power supply24.8v key on or offConstant power whether charging or not. Key on or off.
4GreenBattery charger data communication4.98v when charger is first plugged in. Then dropped to 4.6

J5 - 3 ways

Part of the main machine controller board with the J5 connector (3-way) highlighted in yellow; J6, J7, J2, VA+, VA-, +B, -B, BR+ and BR- are labeled
Fig. 44
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 97, used with permission. SES ref PF-6KSW-QUXS‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠‌‍⁠​‌‍‌‍​​‌‍⁠​‍⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 97 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1BrownPower supply for water level sensor +24.7vKey on
2BlackWater level sensor return

4.98‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​​‍‌‍‌‌‌⁠⁠​⁠‍‌⁠‍‌‌​⁠‍‌

0.03v

Tank < ½ full

Tank > ½ full

3BluePower supply for water level sensor -0.001

J6

Part of the main machine controller board with the J6 two-way jumper highlighted in yellow; F1, J7, VA+ and VA- are labeled
Fig. 45

Two way vertical jumper.

  • What is this for? The J6 Jumper is used to configure the Main machine controller for the EcoFlex option.
  • What does it mean if it is jumped? The Main machine controller is set for no EcoFlex
  • What does it mean if it is open? The Main machine controller is set for EcoFlex
  • Is there a measurable voltage on either of the pins when not jumped? Yes. 4.98v on pin near the LEDS on the Main machine controller.

J7 - 6 ways

Measured machine did not have a wiring connector. Measurements were taken at each pin on the Main machine controller.

Part of the main machine controller board with the J7 connector (6-way) highlighted in yellow; F1, J6, J5, J2, VA+ and VA- are labeled
Fig. 46
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 98, used with permission. SES ref PF-5JA6-XY7D‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​​‍‌‍‌‌‌⁠⁠​⁠‍‌⁠‍‌‌​⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 98 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1+24V power supply24.6
2+5V power supply5.00
3iButton input (CAN H channel)4.98
4Ext. operating time counter enable (CAN L channel)24.6
5Power supply -0.001
6Machine on signal23.68
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 99, used with permission. SES ref PF-YSAK-BYIU‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‍​‍​⁠⁠​‌‌​‍‍​⁠‌​​‍‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 99 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Shop measurements - Display controller (EB2)

Measure and record the voltage at each of the Main machine controller pins. Always use battery negative as your reference point for your black voltmeter lead.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​​‍‌‌⁠⁠⁠​⁠​‌‌⁠​‍⁠‍‍‍‌​

J1 - 6 ways

Display controller circuit board with the J1 connector (6-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 47
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1RedPower supply +24.6
2WhiteMain machine controller serial +4.62
3Blk/WhMain machine controller serial -4.12
4BlackPower supply -0.003
5OrangeKey signal return (KEY0)24.23
6
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 100, used with permission. SES ref PF-QHHP-7WH5‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​​‍‌‌⁠⁠⁠​⁠​‌‌⁠​‍⁠‍‍‍‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 100 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J2 - 9 way ribbon connector

Display controller circuit board with the J2 ribbon connector (9-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 48
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1Power supply - common0.003v
2ON/OFF button (P0)24.2vKey off or key on
3DETERGENT MIX button (P4)

3.14v Not pressed‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌‍‍‌‌‍​​​‍​‌⁠‍⁠⁠

0.02v pressed

4EDS button (P3) (Solution Button)

3.14v Not pressed

0.02v pressed

5VACUUM button (P2)

3.14v not pressed

0.05v pressed

6VACUUM function LED (LD2)0.007v LED off
7SPOT function LED (LD1)0.007v LED off
8SPOT button (P1) (EcoFlex – Burst of power)

3.14v Not pressed

0.02v pressed

9DS versions configurator3.14v
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 101, used with permission. SES ref PF-ROQR-GE7I‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌‍‍‌‌‍​​​‍​‌⁠‍⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 101 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J3 - 8 way ribbon connector

Display controller circuit board with the J3 ribbon connector (8-way) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 49
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1Power supply - common0.003v
2SP / EXTRAPR function LED (red)(LD3R)

1.78v Red LED on‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​⁠‍‍⁠⁠​​⁠‌​‍‍‍‍‌‌‌​⁠⁠⁠

0.032v Red LED off

3SP / EXTRAPR function LED (green) (LD3V)

1.95v Grn LED on

0.032v Grn LED off

4BRUSH RELEASE function LED (LD4)

0.07v LED off

Pulsing when flashing

5BRUSH RELEASE switch (P6)

3.14v not pressed

0.03v pressed

6INCREASE SPEED button (P7)

3.14v not pressed

0.02v pressed

7DECREASE SPEED button (P8)

3.14v not pressed

0.02v pressed

8ONETOUCH / EXTRAPR. button (P5)

3.16v not pressed

0.04v pressed

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 102, used with permission. SES ref PF-5OKS-WZGG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​⁠‍‍⁠⁠​​⁠‌​‍‍‍‍‌‌‌​⁠⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 102 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

J4 - 3 ways potentiometer connector

Display controller circuit board with the J4 connector (3-way, potentiometer) highlighted in yellow
Fig. 50
PINColorCircuit DescriptionMeasuredComments
1RedVR1 potentiometer power supply +2.675
2WhiteVR1 potentiometer return1.45 (Neutral)

2.48 (Full Fwd Pin 2),‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌​​‌‍​‌​​‍‍‍‌⁠​‌‍‌​‍​⁠

0.44 (Full Rev Pin 2)

3BlackVR1 potentiometer power supply -0.41 (Ground)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 103, used with permission. SES ref PF-AIY6-NIXP‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌​​‌‍​‌​​‍‍‍‌⁠​‌‍‌​‍​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 103 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

10 - Chassis system

Chassis (main parts)

In short The chassis is mainly the solution tank. The supports for the wheels and working mechanisms are built into the gear motor unit and the rear frame.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍​​​​‌​‍‍​​​​‍⁠⁠​‍‍⁠​⁠‍‍⁠‍⁠‌‌‍‍‌‌‌

The chassis function is primarily performed by the solution tank, the support housings for the wheels and working mechanisms are integrated in the gear motor unit and the rear frame.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍​​​​‌​‍‍​​​​‍⁠⁠​‍‍⁠​⁠‍‍⁠‍⁠‌‌‍‍‌‌‌

Reference to Figure 1

Deck raising levers (see also Brush System, Disc and Brush System, REV)

Frame integrated in the drive motor (see also Wheels System, Drive)

Rear pivoting wheels support frame with squeegee raising/lowering system (see also Squeegee System)

Cutaway view of the machine showing three labeled chassis parts: the brush deck raising levers, the drive gear motor with integrated frame, and the rear pivoting wheels support frame with squeegee raising/lowering system
Fig. 1
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 104, used with permission. SES ref PF-36C5-WIN7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍​​​​‌​‍‍​​​​‍⁠⁠​‍‍⁠​⁠‍‍⁠‍⁠‌‌‍‍‌‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 104 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

20 - Wheel system, traction

Functional description

In short The gear motor unit (M3) moves the machine and carries its weight. If the paddles are pressed when the machine is started, an alarm is generated and the drive system is inhibited until the paddles are released.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌‌⁠‍‍‍‌‍‍⁠‌‌⁠‍​‌‌⁠‌⁠‍​

Machine movement is provided by the gear motor unit (M3).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌‌⁠‍‍‍‌‍‍⁠‌‌⁠‍​‌‌⁠‌⁠‍​

The gear motor unit (M3) also functions as the main support of the machine, and is composed of an electric motor, the reduction unit with differential and the drive wheels.

The operator regulates the transfer speed, the working speed and reverse via the paddles, which are connected directly to the speed potentiometer (RV1). Reversing is performed by pressing the back paddle.

The Main machine controller (EB1) checks that the paddles are not pressed when the machine is started; if they are, an alarm is generated (see section “Main machine controller Alarm Codes” in the “Control System” chapter) and the drive system is inhibited.

Once the paddles are returned to the rest position, the alarm will stop automatically (without the need to turn the machine on and off).

When the paddles are pressed, the Main machine controller (EB1) supplies a voltage to the motor proportional to the position of the paddles themselves. The acceleration ramps and maximum speed can be set via the corresponding parameters (see section “Displaying and Modifying User Modifiable Parameters” in the “Control System” chapter).

Regulation of the maximum speed can be set with the buttons (hare / tortoise) on the User interface controller (EB3).

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 105, used with permission. SES ref PF-DVJM-TFJG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌‌⁠‍‍‍‌‍‍⁠‌‌⁠‍​‌‌⁠‌⁠‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 105 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram of the traction circuit: speed potentiometer (RV1) and display controller (EB2) connected to the main machine controller (EB1), which feeds the drive system motor (M3) through the drive system motor fuse (F5)
Fig. 1

Legend

ComponentTerminalPrinted label
Speed potentiometer (RV1)—SPEED POTENTIOMETER (RV1)
Display controller (EB2)J4.1VR1 potentiometer power supply +
Display controller (EB2)J4.2VR1 potentiometer return
Display controller (EB2)J4.3VR1 potentiometer power supply -
Display controller (EB2)J1.1Main control board power supply +
Display controller (EB2)J1.2Main control board serial +
Display controller (EB2)J1.3Main control board serial -
Display controller (EB2)J1.4Main control board power supply -
Display controller (EB2)J1.5Return from key
Main machine controller (EB1)B+Power supply +
Main machine controller (EB1)J3.1Main control board power supply +
Main machine controller (EB1)J3.2Main control board serial +
Main machine controller (EB1)J3.3Main control board serial -
Main machine controller (EB1)J3.4Main control board power supply -
Main machine controller (EB1)J3.5Return from key
Main machine controller (EB1)M1Drive system motor +
Main machine controller (EB1)M2Drive system motor -
Main machine controller (EB1)B-Power supply -
Drive system motor fuse (F5)—DRIVE SYSTEM MOTOR FUSE (F5)
Drive system motor (M3)M3DRIVE SYSTEM MOTOR (M3)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 106, used with permission. SES ref PF-L7V6-ILV7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍⁠⁠‍‌⁠​‌​​‍​​‌‌‍‍​⁠⁠​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 106 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

Photo of the handlebar and control panel showing the forward/reverse gear and activation paddle, the speed potentiometer (RV1) behind the display, and the maximum speed regulation buttons
Fig. 2
Photo under the machine showing the rear pivoting wheel, the gear motor unit (M3) and a driving wheel
Fig. 3
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 107, used with permission. SES ref PF-AAZD-FNIV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​‌‌‌‍‌‍⁠​⁠⁠‌⁠‍​‍‌⁠​⁠‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 107 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Photo of the electrical component compartment showing the main machine controller (EB1) and the drive system motor fuse (F5)
Fig. 4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 108, used with permission. SES ref PF-FSBZ-Z6DG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍‍​‌‌⁠‌​⁠⁠⁠‍⁠‌‌‍​​‌​​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 108 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

TroublePossible CausesRemedy
The machine does not moveBattery voltage too lowCharge the battery
Drive system motor fuse (F5) brokenReplace
Speed potentiometer (RV1) incorrectly regulated or brokenReplace
Main machine controller (EB1) faultyReplace
Wiring damagedCheck all connections inside the electrical component compartment, included those of the Main machine controller (EB1)
Drive system motor (M3) carbon brushes wornReplace
Drive system motor (M3) faultyReplace
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 109, used with permission. SES ref PF-R76O-DNHH‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠​‌‌‌​​‍​‌‍​​‍‌‌‌‍‍‌⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 109 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Drive system gear motor current draw test

In short With the machine running forward at maximum speed, the drive gear motor should draw 3 to 7 A at 24 V (AMER) or 4 to 8 A at 24 V (TEKNO). If it draws more, check for debris, the carbon brushes and the motor itself, and replace the gearmotor if that does not fix it. Call us at 800-440-6723 if you need parts or help.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‍​⁠‌‌‍‌‌‌​‍​⁠⁠⁠​​‌​‌​
WARNING! This procedure must be performed by qualified personnel only and with the help of an assistant.
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Use a suitable chock to raise one side of the machine approximately 0.8 in (2 cm) from the floor and allow one drive wheel to turn freely.
  3. Lift the recovery tank.
WARNING! Pay attention to the rotation of the driving wheel when performing the following steps.
  1. Apply the amp clamp on the positive cable (red) of the battery wiring harness.
  2. Turn on the machine and activate forward drive at maximum speed via the paddle, checking that the current draw falls within the following values:
    • Between 3 and 7 A at 24 V for AMER gear motor
    • Between 4 and 8 A at 24 V for TEKNO gear motor.
  3. Release the paddle.
  4. Switch off the machine and remove the amperometric clamp.
  5. If the amperage is higher, perform the following procedures to detect and correct the abnormal amperage:
    • Check if there is dust or debris preventing the wheel rotation.
    • If necessary, check the motor carbon brushes.
    • If necessary, disassembly the Drive motor, and check the condition of all its components.
  6. If the above-mentioned procedures do not lead to a correct amperage, the gearmotor must be replaced.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 110, used with permission. SES ref PF-YXD7-CQC7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‍​⁠‌‌‍‌‌‌​‍​⁠⁠⁠​​‌​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 110 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Speed potentiometer

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor, remove the key, and disconnect the red battery connector.
  2. Unscrew the 2 screws (A) (Figure 4).
  3. Release the retaining tab (B), then lift up and remove the User interface controller cover (C).
  4. Disconnect the following connections:
    • (D) Speed potentiometer connection (J4).
    • (E) Display controller power supply connection (J1).
  5. Unscrew the two hex screws (F), then remove the potentiometer (G).
  6. Remove and retain the connecting rod (H).
Four photos of the speed potentiometer removal: screws (A) in the user interface controller cover, retaining tab (B) and cover (C), connections (D) and (E) on the display controller board, and hex screws (F) with potentiometer (G) in the handlebar
Fig. 5
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 111, used with permission. SES ref PF-L2GH-W2NP‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌‍⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍​​​⁠​⁠⁠⁠‍⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍⁠​‌‌​⁠‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 111 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Driving wheel diameter7.8 in (200 mm)
Driving wheel specific pressure on the floor (*)101 psi (0.7 N/mm2)
Rear wheel diameter3.1 in (80 mm)
Rear wheel specific pressure on the floor (*)304 psi (2.1 N/mm2)
AMER electric wheel drive unit technical dataPower0.27 hp (200 W)
Voltage24V-
Transmission ratio13:1-
Protection classIP44-
Insulation classF-
TEKNO electric wheel drive unit technical dataPower-0.27 hp (200 W)
Voltage-24V
Transmission ratio-11:4
Protection class-IP44
Insulation class-F
Drive speed (variable)0 - 3.1 mi/h (0 - 5 km/h)
Maximum gradient when working2% (1.14°)

(*) Machines have been tested under the following conditions:‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‌‌‍‍‌​‌⁠​‍⁠​⁠​‍​​‍⁠‍‌

  • Battery maximum size
  • Maximum brush and squeegee size
  • Full detergent tank
  • Optional equipment installed
  • Wheel weight checked
  • Print on the floor checked on cement for each single wheel
  • Result expressed as maximum value for both front and rear wheels
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 112, used with permission. SES ref PF-PLCP-QNOI‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‌‌‍‍‌​‌⁠​‍⁠​⁠​‍​​‍⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 112 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

24 - Electrical system

In short The SC500 runs on two 12 V lead/acid batteries wired in series, or on one to three 24 V Nilfisk lithium-ion battery modules. The lithium-ion modules can only be installed as part of an authorized Nilfisk kit or by the Nilfisk factory.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌​‌‌​‌​‍​​‌‍‍⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠​‌​

Functional description

With conventional lead/acid batteries

The batteries (2 x 12 V) are connected together in series by the cables.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌​‌‌​‌​‍​​‌‍‍⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠​‌​

The battery charger (CH) is connected to the machine by two connectors (C) (power connection to the batteries) and C3 (4-way signal connection).

The grey and white cables (1 and 2 of connector C3) are short circuited inside the battery charger CH when this is not connected to the mains. If this connection is not made, all machine functions are disabled.

If the optional battery charger has not been installed, the relevant bridge must be used on connector C3.

The “bridge” is installed at the Main machine controller J4 location as shown in a photo below.

Photo of the J4 bridge connector, a white plug with a looped wire, installed on the main machine controller
J4 bridge connector

The green cable (terminal 4 of connector C3) is the data cable between the Main machine controller (EB1) and battery charger (CH).

This connection allows the battery charger charging curve to be set directly from the User interface controller and to view the operational state of the battery charger during charging directly on the Display controller.

With lithium-ion batteries

One to three, 24 volt Nilfisk Lithium-Ion battery modules may be installed in the machine to replace the conventional lead/acid batteries. These Lithium-ion battery modules can only be installed as part of an authorized Nilfisk kit or by the Nilfisk factory as changes are extensive and go beyond simply replacing the batteries. The modules themselves are more than just a chemical energy storage cell. They also contain a Batttery Management System (BMS) that is responsible for connecting the internal battery source to the external power terminals when it is safe to do so. See the NiIfisk Lithium-Ion Battery Module service manual 56043180 for more information on the battery modules.

Powering on the machine

The battery modules must power on before the machine can be powered on. To power on the battery modules the on/off circuit of one of the modules must be connected to ground. The battery module sends 24 V through a pull up resistor, out of pin 3 of the M12 round connector, to a reed switch located behind the magnetic key reader. When the key is inserted in the reader, the reed switch closes to connect the 24 V on the line to ground, which causes the voltage to drop to 0 V. This is the signal for the battery module(s) to turn on. Once the battery module(s) are active, power is supplied to the EB1 Main Control Board.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 113, used with permission. SES ref PF-E54B-4SRH‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌​‌‌​‌​‍​​‌‍‍⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 113 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Schematic of the reed relay (switch) connected to a lithium-ion battery module: line 3 goes to signal ground, line 2 goes through a resistor to +24 V and the ON/OFF line, with a battery power on switch inside the module
Fig. p114-a: Reed relay and battery module power-on circuit
Group (as arranged here)Printed label
Reed Relay (Switch)Reed Relay (Switch)
Lithium-ion Battery Module3
Lithium-ion Battery ModuleSignal ground
Lithium-ion Battery ModuleBattery Power On Switch
Lithium-ion Battery Module2
Lithium-ion Battery Module+24 V
Lithium-ion Battery ModuleON/OFF

Battery charger

With conventional lead/acid batteries

When the battery charger (CH) is connected to the power supply, it removes power from J4.1 and provides a + 24 V on J4.2: in this condition the Main machine controller (EB1) disables all the control and functions except the battery status indicator on the Display controller (EB3).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​​‌​​‌⁠‌‍‍⁠​​‌⁠‌⁠‌‌⁠‌‍‍

With lithium-ion batteries

When Lithium-ion battery modules are installed, they are installed with the properly matched on-board battery charger. No other battery charger may be used.

The battery charger has an internal interlock circuit which is used to control an external relay which is added to the machine as part of the Lithium-Ion Battery kit The additional external relay carries the current rather than the relay contacts inside the charger. A simplified schematic is shown below. When the external relay is not energized, positive battery power flows out J4.3 to the relay common terminal. It then flows out the relay’s normally closed contact to J4.1. This “enables” normal machine operation. When the battery charger is plugged in, the battery positive “enable power supply” is used to energize the external relay. When this happens battery positive power is removed from J4.1 and transferred to J4.2 which will disable the machine operation so that it cannot propel itself when the battery charger is plugged in. The power in J4.2 allows the control panel display to be on to communicate charging status information.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 114, used with permission. SES ref PF-62S7-3MTD‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​​‌​​‌⁠‌‍‍⁠​​‌⁠‌⁠‌‌⁠‌‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 114 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Simplified schematic of the battery charger and main control board: enable power supply from J4.3 through fuse 2 to B+, a relay switching battery positive between J4.1 (24 V enables machine operation) and J4.2 (power to display charging status), and J4.5 to B-
Fig. p115-a: Battery charger enable circuit
Group (as arranged here)Printed label
Battery ChargerBattery Charger
Main Control BoardMain Control Board
Main Control BoardB+
Main Control BoardEnable Power Supply
Main Control BoardJ4.3
Main Control BoardFuse 2
Main Control BoardJ4.1 — 24V = Enable Machine Operation
Main Control BoardJ4.2 — Power to display charging status
Main Control BoardJ4.5 — B-

Low voltage cut out

With conventional lead/acid batteries

The Main machine controller (EB1) shuts off electrical loads to protect the batteries from damage caused by over discharging.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‍​‌‌‍‌⁠‍‍‍‍​⁠​⁠‍‌​⁠‌‍​

The voltage threshold where loads are turned off depends on the battery type. See table below.

Significant levels for machine operation

IndicationTransition threshold (volt)Consequence
WETGEL
1Battery outline on the display with a flashing mark at the left inside and rays at the left22V22.2VLittle remaining run time, no block.
2Battery outline on the display with flashing rays all around it20.4V21.6VBrush OFF
319.4V20.6VVacuum system OFF
418.4V19.6VDrive system OFF

With lithium-ion batteries

The Battery Management System, which is and internal part of the Lithium-ion battery module, monitors the battery state of charge and will disconnect the internal battery cell block from the external power terminals to prevent damage from over discharging. If all battery modules shut down due to low voltage, the machine will be powered off and there will be no indication on the control panel.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 115, used with permission. SES ref PF-PE2F-JO4B‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‍​‌‌‍‌⁠‍‍‍‍​⁠​⁠‍‌​⁠‌‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 115 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Battery charger circuits with conventional lead/acid batteries

Wiring diagram of the battery charger circuits with conventional lead/acid batteries: 24 V batteries and main battery connector (C1+, C1-, C2.A), battery charger (CH), and the main machine controller (EB1) with terminals J4.1 to J4.4, signal circuits fuse (F2) and main machine controller fuse (F1)
Fig. 1

Legend

Printed labelText
C1+BATTERY CONNECTOR
C1-BATTERY CONNECTOR
C2.AMAIN BATTERY CONNECTOR
BAT24V BATTERIES (BAT), 24V
CHBATTERY CHARGER (CH), (*)
EB1MAIN MACHINE CONTROLLER (EB1)
B+Power supply +
J4.1Enabling from battery charger
J4.2Power supply from battery charger
J4.3Battery charger enabling power supply
J4.4Battery charger data communication
F2SIGNAL CIRCUITS FUSE (F2)
F1MAIN MACHINE CONTROLLER FUSE (F1)
B-Power supply -
J4.1 / J4.3 (separate box)(**)

(*) Optional for BASIC version‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‍​‌‌​‍‍‍​‍‍​​​‌​⁠‌‍‍⁠

(**) Version without on-board battery charger

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 116, used with permission. SES ref PF-63GP-JNBM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‍​‌‌​‍‍‍​‍‍​​​‌​⁠‌‍‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 116 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Battery charger circuits with lithium-ion batteries

Wiring diagram titled SC500 Li-ion battery relevant wiring diagram, showing the reed relay, Multicon, main controller board (EB1), display board (EB2), lithium-ion battery (LI_BAT), battery charger (LI_CH, IC650) and a 24 V relay
Fig. 2

Legend

BlockPrinted terminals and labels
Reed relay RD1 GND; 2 ON/OFF
Multicon MC22 M_BAT_WKUP; 23 CAN_H; 24 CAN_L; 17 KEY SWITCH; 13 GND; 11 B+
Main controller board EB1B+; J7.1 B+ (RD); J7.5 GND (BU); J7.6 MACH_ON (BN); J3.1 to J3.5 (RD, WH, WH-BK, BK, OG); J1.5, J4.1, J4.2, J4.3; B-
Display board EB2J1.1 (RD); J1.2 (WH); J1.3 (WH-BK); J1.4 (BK); J1.5 (OG); J5.1 CAN_H; J5.2 CAN_L
Li-ion battery LI_BAT (can be multiplied in parallel)24V; B+; B-; 1-3 SIG_GND (BK); 1-2 ON/OFF (WH-BN) +24 V; 1-5 CAN_L; 1-4 CAN_H; 2-5 (PK); 2-4 (WH); 2-3 SIG_GND (GY)
Battery charger LI_CH (IC650)B+; B-; 10 CAN_L (PK); 6 CAN_H (WH); 1 SIG_GND (GY); 3 NC; 4 NO; 2 COM
Relay 24V5 NO; 4 NC; 3 COM; 2 GND; 1
Wire color labels near relay and chargerBN; YE; BU; BK; BN; YE
Main wiresRD (B+); BK (B-)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 117, used with permission. SES ref PF-WL5Q-A6VK‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​​‌​‍⁠‌‍‌​​‌‍⁠​‌‌‌‌‍​‌‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 117 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

With conventional lead/acid batteries

Photo of the electrical component compartment showing the signal circuits fuse (F2), drive system motor fuse (F5), main machine controller fuse (F1), battery charger (CH), main machine controller (EB1) and brush motor fuse (F4)
Fig. 3
Photo of the battery compartment showing the battery connections and the two batteries (BAT), with an inset of the battery connector
Fig. 4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 118, used with permission. SES ref PF-M2I2-ABOU‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‌⁠⁠​‌‍‌‌‌​‍⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍​⁠⁠⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 118 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

With lithium-ion batteries

Photo of the lithium-ion battery compartment with the battery module marked
Fig. 5
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 119, used with permission. SES ref PF-Z7QU-RGA3‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍​⁠⁠‌‍⁠‍​‍⁠⁠‍⁠​⁠⁠​‌⁠‍‍‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 119 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance and adjustments

In short Set the BAT parameter to match the batteries installed. The factory setting is 1 (generic GEL or AGM) and a Supervisor key is needed to reach the setting.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍​‍​​⁠‌‍​​⁠​‍‌​⁠​‌‌‍​‍

Setting the installed battery type

Set the machine and the on-board battery charger (where fitted) on the basis of the type of battery to be installed by modifying the BAT parameter as indicated.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍​‍​​⁠‌‍​​⁠​‍‌​⁠​‌‌‍​‍

  1. Insert the “Supervisor” key (grey) in place of the “User” key (blue) to access the main screen (Figure 4) of the display.
  2. Press the One-Touch button to continue to the machine settings screen (Figure 5).
Display main screen menu: Parameter settings, Alarm log, Hour meters, Sol. level and Exit, each beside a button
Fig. 6
Display parameter screen showing CHM1, chemical % std level, range 1 - 6, current value 1 (0.25% or 1:400), with buttons Save/Next, Exit, + and -
Fig. 7
  1. Press the One-Touch button until you reach the BAT parameter.
CodeDescriptionMin. ValueFactory SettingMax. Value
BATInstalled battery type016
  1. Press the “hare” or “tortoise” button to modify the value of the BAT parameter as per the following table:
Code BAT
ValueInstalled battery typeNote
0WET Wet cell batteries
1GEL / AGM Generic GEL or AGM batteries
2GEL DISCOVER DISCOVER® brand GEL batteries
3GEL OPTIMA OPTIMA brand GEL batteries
4GEL EXIDE EXIDE®/SONNENSHINE brand GEL batteries
5GEL FULLRIVER FULLRIVER® brand GEL batteries
6NEXSYS NEXSYS® type batteries ENERSYS® brandStarting from S/N XXXXXXXXXXX
7LiIon Nilfisk Lithium-ion battery module(s)
  1. Press the brush release button to confirm the chosen parameter and return to the main screen.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 120, used with permission. SES ref PF-22FC-7TKL‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍​‍​​⁠‌‍​​⁠​‍‌​⁠​‌‌‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 120 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Disconnect/connect lithium-ion batteries

CAUTION: Connections to lithium-ion batteries are not the same as a lead-acid batteries partly due to the CAN communication connections. Disconnect and reconnect lithium-ion battery cabling in the order given below to prevent damage to the batteries.

Disconnection

  1. Power off the machine
  2. Turn off battery modules
  3. Separate the machine power connector
  4. Disconnect the Battery Positive Cable
  5. Disconnect the M12 round communication connection
  6. Disconnect the Battery Negative Cable
  7. Remove the termination resistor connector if present.

Connection

  1. Connect the Battery Negative cable
  2. Connect the M12 round communication connection
  3. Connect the Battery Positive cable
  4. Install the termination resistor connector if required
  5. Connect the machine power connector
  6. Power on the battery modules
  7. Power on the machine

Battery charging - conventional lead/acid batteries

Note: Charge the batteries when there is only one flashing segment displayed in the battery symbol, or at the end of each shift. Keeping the batteries charged make their life last longer.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‌‍​‍‍​‌‍⁠‌⁠‍‍​⁠⁠⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠

CAUTION: When the batteries are discharged, charge them as soon as possible, as that condition makes their life shorter. Check for battery charge at least once a week.
CAUTION: If the machine is not equipped with on-board battery charger, choose an external battery charger suitable for the type of batteries installed.
WARNING: When using lead (WET) batteries, battery charging produces highly explosive hydrogen gas. Charge the batteries in well-ventilated areas and away from naked flames. Do not smoke while charging the batteries. Keep the recovery tank raised until the battery charging cycle is over.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 121, used with permission. SES ref PF-SXO6-7RNS‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‌‍​‍‍​‌‍⁠‌⁠‍‍​⁠⁠⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 121 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
WARNING: Pay close attention when charging WET CELL batteries, as there may be battery fluid leakages. The battery fluid is corrosive. If it comes in contact with skin or eyes, rinse thoroughly with water and consult a physician.
  1. (For WET CELL batteries only) Check the level of electrolyte inside the batteries. If necessary, unscrew the caps and top up.
  2. When the correct level is restored, close the caps and clean the tops of the batteries.

Charging conventional lead/acid batteries with an external battery charger

  1. Check that the external battery charger is suitable by referring to the relevant Manual. The battery charger voltage rating must be 24 V.
  2. Disconnect the red battery connector with handle and connect it to the external battery charger.
  3. Connect the battery charger to the electrical mains.
  4. After charging, disconnect the battery charger from the electrical mains and from the battery red connector.
  5. Connect the battery connector to the machine.
  6. Carefully lower the recovery tank.
CAUTION: Never connect the battery charger to the opposing part of the red connector fixed to the machine. The electronic system could be irreparably damaged.

Charging conventional lead/acid batteries with an on-board battery charger

  1. Plug the battery charger into the mains electricity supply (the mains voltage and frequency must be compatible with the battery charger values shown on the machine serial number plate).

Note: When the battery charger is connected to the electrical mains, all machine functions are automatically cut off.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​​‌⁠‍⁠‌⁠‍​⁠⁠‌‌⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠‍​⁠

  1. When the first or second segment from the left in the battery symbol is flashing, this means that the battery charger is charging the batteries.
  2. When the third segment from the left in the battery symbol is flashing, this means that the battery charger is finishing the battery charging cycle.
  3. When all segments of the battery symbol are steadily lit, the battery charging cycle is complete.
  4. Disconnect the battery charger plug from the mains and place it in its holder.
  5. Carefully lower the recovery tank.

Note: For further information about the operation of the battery charger, see the relevant Manual.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 122, used with permission. SES ref PF-QJUY-IJZO‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​​‌⁠‍⁠‌⁠‍​⁠⁠‌‌⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠‍​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 122 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Conventional lead/acid batteries

  1. Remove the ignition key, and disconnect the red battery connector.
  2. Lift the recovery tank cover and check that it is empty; if not, empty it using the drain hose.
  3. Grasp the handle and carefully lift the recovery tank.
  4. The machine is supplied with cables suitable to install 2 12 V batteries.
  5. Carefully lift the batteries until the relevant compartment, then place them properly.
  6. Route and install the battery cable as shown in the diagram (Figure 6), then carefully tighten the nut on each battery terminal.
  7. Place the protection cap on each terminal, then connect the red battery connector.
  8. Perform a complete battery charging cycle.
Diagram of two 12 V batteries stacked one above the other, with the battery connector cable going to the negative terminal of the upper battery and the positive terminal of the lower battery, and a cable linking the positive terminal of the upper battery to the negative terminal of the lower battery
Fig. 8
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 123, used with permission. SES ref PF-5BF4-XWUL‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍‍‌​​‌‌‌​​⁠⁠‍⁠​⁠⁠​​‌‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 123 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Lithium-ion batteries

In short Before removing a lithium-ion module, shut the machine down and check that every module indicator light is out, which means there is no voltage at the terminals. Then disconnect the cabling in the order given on page 125.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍⁠​​⁠‍‌​⁠​‍‍‍​‍‌‍⁠‌‍‌

Removal of a lithium-ion battery module

CAUTION: Review the information in the Lithium-Ion Battery Safety section in the General Information chapter before installation of battery modules, blocks, or system packs to avoid potential minor to moderate injury or equipment damage.
  1. Identify and mark the battery module to be removed.
Example photo of the Nilfisk rechargeable Li-ion battery pack label with the model number and the serial number and QR code marked; values on the photo are for illustration
Battery module label
  1. Shutdown the machine and verify that all the module indicator lights are extinguished. The extinguished indicators mean that there is no voltage at the terminals and the modules are safe to handle.
Photo of the top of a battery module showing the push button and the indicator
Module push button and indicator
  1. Before disconnection, become familiar with the cabling arrangement of the module, block, or system pack, as well as the ventilation spacing and any securing foam holding the batteries in place (see example below). Make a sketch or take a photo for reference if a diagram does not already exist.
Top view of a block of battery modules with foam at both ends and a minimum ventilation spacing of 0.5 in (12.5 mm) at both the ventilation inlet side and the ventilation outlet side
Ventilation spacing and foam
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 124, used with permission. SES ref PF-YO2V-UIDX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍⁠​​⁠‍‌​⁠​‍‍‍​‍‌‍⁠‌‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 124 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Separate the machine power connector
  2. Disconnect the Battery Positive Cable
  3. Disconnect the M12 round communication connection
  4. Disconnect the Battery Negative Cable
  5. Remove the termination resistor connector if present.
CAUTION: Disconnect the battery cabling in the order given to prevent damage to the lithium-ion batteries. Connections to lithium-ion batteries are not the same as a lead-acid batteries.
  1. Remove the dog bone mechanical connectors between the modules in the block with the marked modules.
Photos of battery modules with the dog bone battery connectors, the all plus terminals and the all minus terminals marked
Dog bone battery connectors
  1. Remove the faulty module(s). The remaining modules in the block can be pushed together and mechanically re-fastened with the dog bone connectors. The specific order of modules in a block does not matter.
  2. If the removed module(s) will be replaced with an equal number of modules (in the same places), continue with Installation of a Replacement Battery Module.
  3. If new, additional modules will be added to the pack:
    • See the Battery Block/Pack Guidelines section for guidelines about how to safely add new battery modules to an existing system pack.
    • Follow the general procedure in Installation of a Replacement Battery Module to install the new module(s).
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 125, used with permission. SES ref PF-6OYH-PAUM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​‌‍‌‌‌‌​​‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌‍​‍‌‍​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 125 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Installation of a replacement lithium-ion battery module

CAUTION: Review the information in the Lithium-Ion Battery Safety section in the General Information chapter before installation of battery modules, blocks, or system packs to avoid potential minor to moderate injury or equipment damage.
CAUTION: Electrically connect only same-voltage modules and only in parallel. Never connect them in series.

Note: When installing the battery, do not mount the Lithium-Ion Battery upside down or on the sides for air-flow. Do not cover or block the fan or air outlet to ensure the battery does not overheat.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​⁠​⁠‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‌​‌⁠⁠​​‍⁠⁠‍‌‍

  1. Before the install of a new battery module, verify that the module does not have any conditions that may prevent normal operation. Press the push button on the stand-alone module. After startup, the indicator should display steady green. If the indicator displays blinking red, the module has an irreversible condition and cannot be used.
  2. Verify that the new module’s communication baud rate is compatible with the machine. Follow the Adjust Battery Baud Rate procedure in the Functional Description chapter to determine and adjust the new module’s baud rate. (New battery modules a shipped with the Baud rate set to 250 kbps and Nilfisk machines usually use a 250 kbps baud rate except the SC50, which uses a 500 kbps rate.) If desired, check the baud rate of an existing module to verify the correct rate.
  3. Before battery disconnection, become familiar with the cabling arrangement of the module, block, or system pack, as well as the ventilation spacing and any securing foam holding the batteries in place (see example below). Make a sketch or take a photo for reference if one does not already exist, including termination resistors.
Top view of a block of battery modules with foam at both ends and a minimum ventilation spacing of 0.5 in (12.5 mm) at both the ventilation inlet side and the ventilation outlet side
Ventilation spacing and foam
  1. Verify that the machine, all the already-installed battery modules, and the new modules are powered down. When the modules are powered down the indicator light in the top, center of them are extinguished. This means there isn’t any voltage at the terminals and the modules are safe to handle.
Photo of the top of a battery module showing the push button and the indicator
Module push button and indicator
CAUTION: Connect the battery cabling in the order given in to prevent damage to the lithium-ion batteries. Connections to lithium-ion batteries are not the same as a lead-acid batteries.
  1. Place the replacement module alongside the block that had an old module removed and use the dog bone mechanical connectors that came with the module to fasten it to the block. The specific order of modules in a block does not matter.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 126, used with permission. SES ref PF-K7B4-J4LQ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠​⁠​⁠‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‌​‌⁠⁠​​‍⁠⁠‍‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 126 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Photos of battery modules with the dog bone connectors, the all plus terminals and the all minus terminals marked
Dog bone connectors and terminals
  1. Connect the cabling in the following order:
    1. Connect the Battery Negative cable. Use a torque wrench to tighten the negative terminal M6 bolts to 2.9 lbf-ft (3.9 N·m).
    2. Connect the M12 round communication connection
    3. Connect the Battery Positive cable. Use a torque wrench to tighten the positive (+) terminal M8 bolts supplied with the module to 6.6 lbf-ft
    4. Install the termination resistor connector if required
    5. Connect the machine power connector
    6. Power on the battery modules
  2. Power on the machine

Note: The power cabling must be connected diagonally across the blocks as shown below.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‌⁠​​‌​⁠‌​​​‌‌‌​​⁠​

Top view of a block of four battery modules in two rows; the positive cable connects to one end of a block and the negative cable connects to the other end of the block, diagonally opposite, with the machine cable between them
Power cabling connected diagonally across the blocks
  1. Start up the machine.
  2. Verify that the battery pack is in node ID configuration mode. All the module indicators will display as shown below.
    RowPrinted sequence
    Ledgreen, off, green, off, green, off, red, off, red, off, red, …
    Sec.0.3, 0.3 (first two cells); 0.6 (last cell)
  3. When the node ID configuration process is complete, verify that the module’s indicators all display in steady green (active mode) and are ready for use.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 127, used with permission. SES ref PF-AZ5U-NXR2‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‌⁠⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠‌⁠​​‌​⁠‌​​​‌‌‌​​⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 127 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Checking/replacing fuses

In shortFour fuses protect the controller, the signal circuits, the brush motor and the drive motor. This page covers the 100 A and 3 A fuses on the main machine controller; page 129 covers the 50 A and 30 A fuses.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌‌⁠⁠‍​‍‌⁠‌​‍⁠‍​‌⁠‌​‌​​
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Remove the ignition key and disconnect the red battery connector.
  3. Lift the recovery tank.
  4. Remove the 7 screws and remove the electronic component compartment cover.
  5. Check/replace the following fuses (Figure 7):
  6. Place the Main machine controller assembly in its housing, tighten the mounting screws and install the electronic component compartment cover.
Left, a photo of the electronic component compartment with arrows A and B to the fuses; right, a drawing of the main machine controller showing fuse F1 at arrow A and fuse F2 at arrow B
Fig. 9
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 128, used with permission. SES ref PF-52EA-LHUR‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌‌⁠⁠‍​‍‌⁠‌​‍⁠‍​‌⁠‌​‌​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 128 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Remove the protection cover of its fuseholder, then check/replace the following fuses (Figure 8):
  2. Place the Main machine controller assembly in its housing, tighten the mounting screws and install the electronic component compartment cover.
Photo inside the electronic component compartment with arrow C pointing to the brush motor fuse and arrow D pointing to the drive system motor fuse
Fig. 10
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 129, used with permission. SES ref PF-PZSE-FDHX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‌​​​‍‍‍‌‌​​⁠‌‌​‍⁠⁠​‍‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 129 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

With conventional lead/acid batteries

See the other chapters for previously provided instructions for other electrical system components.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍‍⁠⁠⁠​⁠⁠​⁠‍‌​‌⁠‍‍‌‌​‌‍

TroublePossible causesRemedy
The machine does not power onBatteries (BAT) flat or connections faultyCharge the batteries or clean the connections
The batteries (BAT) are brokenCheck the battery no-load voltage
The battery charger (CH) is brokenReplace
The wiring harness is cut or pressed or short circuitedRepair

Note: A damage to the battery charger or its connections can prevent the machine from operating properly.

With lithium-ion batteries

See the other chapters for previously provided instructions for other electrical system components.

TroublePossible causesRemedy
The machine does not power onLi-ion battery modules not powering onUse the power switch on a battery module to attempt to power on the modules.
Reed Switch behind key reader is not closing when magnetic key is insertedUse the power switch on a battery module to attempt to power on the modules. If they power on using a battery module switch, check the reed relay switch and its related wiring.
The battery charger (CH) normally closed interlock relay contact is open.Replace the charger
The wiring harness has an open circuitRepair
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 130, used with permission. SES ref PF-T2TF-MQDV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍‍⁠⁠⁠​⁠⁠​⁠‍‌​‌⁠‍‍‌‌​‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 130 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

General wiring diagram - with key slot

(Model No.: 9087352020, 9087354020, 9087350020, 9087351020, 9087353020, 9087355020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍​⁠​⁠⁠⁠‍​‍‌​‌‍⁠‌‍‍‌⁠‍⁠⁠⁠

General wiring diagram for models with a key slot, showing the batteries, battery connectors, battery charger, trackunit, user interface controller, display controller, speed potentiometer, main machine controller with its terminals J1 to J7, fuses, the five motors, the solenoid valve and the water level sensor
Fig. 11

(*) Optional for BASIC version
(**) Version without on-board battery charger

Terminals printed on the diagram

TerminalPrinted label
J1.1User interface contr. power supply +
J1.2User interface contr. serial +
J1.3User interface contr. serial -
J1.4User interface contr. power supply -
J1.5Return from key
J4.1VR1 potentiometer power supply +
J4.2VR1 potentiometer return
J4.3VR1 potentiometer power supply -
TerminalPrinted label
Left side of the main machine controller (EB1)
J3.1User interface contr. power supply +
J3.2User interface contr. serial +
J3.3User interface contr. serial -
J3.4User interface contr. power supply -
J3.5Return from key
B+Power supply +
B-Power supply -
Battery charger side
J4.1Enabling from battery charger
J4.2Power supply from battery charger
J4.3Battery charger enabling power supply
J4.4Battery charger data communication
Trackunit side
J7.1+24V power supply
J7.4External operating time counter enable (CAN L channel)
J7.3iButton input (CAN H channel)
J7.5Power supply -
J7.6Machine on signal
Right side of the main machine controller (EB1)
BR+Brush motor +
BR-Brush motor -
VA+Vacuum system power supply +
VA-Vacuum system power supply -
M1Drive system motor +
M2Drive system motor -
J1.1Detergent pump power supply +
J1.2Detergent pump power supply -
J1.3Deck actuator power supply +/-
J1.4Deck actuator power supply -/+
J1.5Power supply for ADV versions configurator
J1.6ADV versions configurator return
J1.7Power supply for deck configurator
J1.8Deck configurator return
J2.1Solenoid valve power supply +
J2.2Solenoid valve power supply -
J5.1Power supply for water level sensor +
J5.2Water level sensor return
J5.3Power supply for water level sensor -

Other labels printed on the diagram

ItemPrinted label
Battery connectorC1+ and C1-
Main battery connectorC2.A
24V batteries(BAT), 24V
Battery charger(CH), marked (*)
Speed potentiometer(RV1); J4.1 VR1 potentiometer power supply +, J4.2 VR1 potentiometer return, J4.3 VR1 potentiometer power supply -
Display controller(EB2)
User interface controller(EB3); J3 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 8-way, male pins; J2 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 9-way, male pins
Main machine controller fuse(F1)
Signal circuits fuse(F2)
Brush motor fuse(F4)
Drive motor fuse(F5)
Brush motor(M1)
Vacuum system motor(M2)
Drive system motor(M3)
Detergent pump(M4)
Brush deck actuator motor(M5)
Solenoid valve(EV1)
Water level sensor(SW1); terminals +, OUT, -
Trackunit(EB4)
Microprocessorinside the main machine controller (EB1)
(**) boxJ4.1 and J4.3, version without on-board battery charger
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 131, used with permission. SES ref PF-EETM-IZDV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍​⁠​⁠⁠⁠‍​‍‌​‌‍⁠‌‍‍‌⁠‍⁠⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 131 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

General wiring diagram - with magnetic smart key and conventional batteries

(Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020,9087401020, 9087405020, 9087402020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍‍⁠‍‌‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‍‍‍‍‍‍‌‍‌⁠⁠‌

General wiring diagram for models with a magnetic smart key and conventional batteries, showing the batteries, battery connectors, battery charger, trackunit, smart key, user interface controller, display controller, USB socket and fuse, speed potentiometer, main machine controller with its terminals, fuses, the five motors, the solenoid valve and the water level sensor
Fig. 12

(*) Optional for BASIC version
(**) Version without on-board battery charger

Terminals printed on the diagram

TerminalPrinted label
J1.1User interface contr. power supply +
J1.2User interface contr. serial +
J1.3User interface contr. serial -
J1.4User interface contr. power supply -
J1.5Return from key
J1.6(no label printed)
J5.1(no label printed)
J5.2(no label printed)
J6.1(no label printed)
J6.2(no label printed)
J4.1VR1 potentiometer power supply +
J4.2VR1 potentiometer return
J4.3VR1 potentiometer power supply -
TerminalPrinted label
Left side of the main machine controller (EB1)
J3.1User interface contr. power supply +
J3.2User interface contr. serial +
J3.3User interface contr. serial -
J3.4User interface contr. power supply -
J3.5Return from key
B+Power supply +
B-Power supply -
Battery charger side
J4.1Enabling from battery charger
J4.2Power supply from battery charger
J4.3Battery charger enabling power supply
J4.4Battery charger data communication
Top of the main machine controller (EB1)
J7.1+24V power supply
J7.5Power supply -
J7.6Machine on signal
Right side of the main machine controller (EB1)
BR+Brush motor +
BR-Brush motor -
VA+Vacuum system power supply +
VA-Vacuum system power supply -
M1Drive system motor +
M2Drive system motor -
J1.1Detergent pump power supply +
J1.2Detergent pump power supply -
J1.3Deck actuator power supply +/-
J1.4Deck actuator power supply -/+
J1.5Power supply for ADV versions configurator
J1.6ADV versions configurator return
J1.7Power supply for deck configurator
J1.8Deck configurator return
J2.1Solenoid valve power supply +
J2.2Solenoid valve power supply -
J5.1Power supply for water level sensor +
J5.2Water level sensor return
J5.3Power supply for water level sensor -

Other labels printed on the diagram

ItemPrinted label
Battery connectorC1+ and C1-
Main battery connectorC2.A
24V batteries(BAT), 24V
Battery charger(CH), marked (*)
Speed potentiometer(RV1); J4.1 VR1 potentiometer power supply +, J4.2 VR1 potentiometer return, J4.3 VR1 potentiometer power supply -
Display controller(EB2); J1.6 (no label printed)
User interface controller(EB3); J3 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 8-way, male pins; J2 FCI DUFLEX (2.54 pitch) 9-way, male pins
Main machine controller fuse(F1)
Signal circuits fuse(F2)
Brush motor fuse(F4)
Drive motor fuse(F5)
Brush motor(M1)
Vacuum system motor(M2)
Drive system motor(M3)
Detergent pump(M4)
Brush deck actuator motor(M5)
Solenoid valve(EV1)
Water level sensor(SW1); terminals +, OUT, -
Trackunit(TCU); its lines run to J5.2 and J5.1, printed on the display controller (EB2) edge
Smart key(IB); its lines run to J6.1 and J6.2, printed on the display controller (EB2) edge
USB fuse(F3)
Socket(USB), terminals + and -
Microprocessorinside the main machine controller (EB1)
(**) boxJ4.1 and J4.3, version without on-board battery charger
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 132, used with permission. SES ref PF-DSCE-B7QM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍‍⁠‍‌‍⁠⁠⁠⁠‍‍‍‍‍‍‌‍‌⁠⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 132 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

General wiring diagram - with magnetic smart key and lithium-ion batteries

(Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020,9087401020, 9087405020, 9087402020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​​​⁠​‍​‍⁠​​‍‍⁠‌‍​‍​‍​​‍‍

Currently, there is not an updated complete machine wiring diagram integrated with the lithium ion battery kit. Use the General Wiring Diagram for conventional batteries along with this diagram showing the circuits relevant to the Lithium-Ion battery.

Wiring diagram titled SC500 Li-ion battery relevant wiring diagram, showing the Multicon, reed relay, display board EB2, main controller board EB1, Li-ion battery, battery charger LI_CH (IC650) and a 24 volt relay with their terminals and wire codes
Fig. 13

Labels printed on the diagram

ComponentTerminalPrinted labelWire code printed on the line
Multicon (MC)
Multicon22M_BAT_WKUP
Multicon23CAN_H
Multicon24CAN_L
Multicon17KEY SWITCH
Multicon13GND
Multicon11B+
Reed relay (RD)
Reed relay1GND
Reed relay2ON/OFF
Reed relayWH, PK (printed near the reed relay)
Main controller board (EB1)
EB1J7.1B+RD
EB1J7.5GNDBU
EB1J7.6MACH_ONBN
EB1J3.1RD
EB1J3.2WH
EB1J3.3WH-BK
EB1J3.4BK
EB1J3.5OG
EB1J1.5, J4.1, J4.2, J4.3(bottom edge)
EB1B+ and B-
Display board (EB2)
EB2J1.1RD
EB2J1.2WH
EB2J1.3WH-BK
EB2J1.4BK
EB2J1.5OG
EB2J5.1CAN_H
EB2J5.2CAN_L
Li-ion battery (LI_BAT), can be multiplied in parallel
LI_BAT1-5CAN_L
LI_BAT1-4CAN_H
LI_BAT2-5PK
LI_BAT2-4WH
LI_BAT1-3SIG_GNDBK
LI_BAT1-2ON/OFFWH-BN
LI_BAT2-3SIG_GNDGY
LI_BAT24V, +24 V, B+, B-RD, BK (printed on the B+ and B- lines)
Battery charger (LI_CH, IC650)
LI_CH10CAN_LPK
LI_CH6CAN_HWH
LI_CH1SIG_GNDGY
LI_CH3NC
LI_CH4NO
LI_CH2COM
LI_CHB+, B-
Relay 24V
Relay 24V5NOYE
Relay 24V4NCBU
Relay 24V3COMBN
Relay 24V2GNDBK
Relay 24V1YE
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 133, used with permission. SES ref PF-334S-REOY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​​​​⁠​‍​‍⁠​​‍‍⁠‌‍​‍​‍​​‍‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 133 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Battery compartment size (length x width x height)13.7x13.7x10.2 in (350x350x260 mm)
Standard batteries (2)12V 105 AhC5
Standard battery run time (capacity)3.5 h
Battery chargerModel24V 13A
Input voltage85Vac÷264Vac, 50Hz÷60Hz
Charging procedureby microprocessor
Efficiency> 85%
Environmental protection classIP30
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 134, used with permission. SES ref PF-HIZJ-GV6X‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‍​⁠⁠‍‌⁠⁠⁠​⁠⁠⁠​⁠‍‍‍⁠​‌‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 134 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

30 - Solution system

Functional description

In shortThe solution tank is the main body of the machine, and solution flows from the tank through the tap, filter and solenoid valve (EV1) to the brush deck. The detergent pump (M4) is on EcoFlex machines only. The valve and pump run only when the brush is on, the forward paddle is pressed and the battery level is not showing flashing segments.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​⁠​⁠‌⁠⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠‍‍⁠⁠‍​​⁠‌⁠

The solution system supplies water and detergent to the brush when cleaning the floor. The solution tank is also the main machine body. There is a manual valve on the left side of the tank to close the water supply whenever maintenance must be performed on the machine. The solution flows from the tank to the tap, through the filter and solenoid valve (EV1) and then to the brush deck.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​⁠​⁠‌⁠⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠‍‍⁠⁠‍​​⁠‌⁠

The detergent pump (M4), present only on EcoFlex systems, controls the flow of detergent from the EcoFlex tank which is then transported to the flow in the main tube just before the solution enters the brush deck.

The EcoFlex system can be selected with the specific button on the User interface controller (EB3).

The quantity of detergent is defined by the operator via the buttons on the User interface controller (EB3).

Solution flow levels 1, 2 and 3 regulate the flow of detergent solution on the basis of the machine speed so as to keep the quantity of solution dispensed per 10.8 sq ft (1 m²) of floor treated constant (for further details and modifications, see the corresponding section in the chapter Control System).

Located centrally, below the tank, there is also a hole for draining any liquid in the battery compartment.

The solution flow is regulated by various timed ON / OFF cycles, according to:

  • Water flow rate regulation (0 - 4)
  • Solution tank level

Both the solenoid valve and detergent pump (when the EcoFlex system is enabled) follow the same timings.

The solenoid valve and detergent pump operate only with the following inputs/conditions:

  • Brush function on
  • Forward paddle pressed
  • Battery level not in condition with flashing segments.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 135, used with permission. SES ref PF-6TJX-2EMI‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​‌​⁠​⁠‌⁠⁠‍‌⁠‍⁠‍‍⁠⁠‍​​⁠‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 135 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Water level sensor operation

The water level sensor (SW1) is positioned about half the height of the solution tank so as to provide the information to the electronic system on the level of water present in the tank (more than half, less than half).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‌​⁠‍​‌⁠⁠​‌‌‌‌⁠‌‍​​‍‍⁠

Through this information the times of opening of the solenoid valve (EV1) and the detergent pump (M4) are adjusted to maintain this flow more constant (Figure 1).

The water level sensor is capacitive with NPN output (output 0 Volt with water, floating without water).

Graph of solution flow to the brush in litres per minute against solution tank level from Full through one half to Empty; the flow falls steadily as the tank empties, steps back up at the half-full point with the sensor, and keeps falling without the sensor (dashed line)
Fig. 1
Circuit diagram of the water level sensor (SW1) connected to the main machine controller (EB1): J5.1 supplies 24 V (B+) to the sensor power supply, J5.2 is the input line pulled up to 5 V through a resistor and switched by the sensor, and J5.3 is 0 V (B-)
Fig. 2

Figure 2 labels as printed: main machine controller (EB1) with (B+) 24V at J5.1, Input and 5V at J5.2, (B-) 0V at J5.3; water level sensor (SW1) with Power Supply.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 136, used with permission. SES ref PF-LJEO-PO5H‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​‌​⁠‍​‌⁠⁠​‌‌‌‌⁠‌‍​​‍‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 136 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram of the solution system: the main machine controller (EB1) terminals J1.1 and J1.2 to the detergent pump (M4), J2.1 and J2.2 to the solenoid valve (EV1), and J5.1, J5.2 and J5.3 to the water level sensor (SW1)
Fig. 3
TerminalPrinted labelGoes to (as drawn)
(top)B+ Power supply +
J1.1Detergent pump power supply +Detergent pump (M4)
J1.2Detergent pump power supply -Detergent pump (M4)
J2.1Solenoid valve power supply +Solenoid valve (EV1)
J2.2Solenoid valve power supply -Solenoid valve (EV1)
J5.1Power supply for water level sensor +Water level sensor (SW1) terminal +
J5.2Water level sensor returnWater level sensor (SW1) terminal OUT
J5.3Power supply for water level sensor -Water level sensor (SW1) terminal -
(bottom)B- Power supply -
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 137, used with permission. SES ref PF-SOWW-YM6B‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠​​⁠‌​​‌‌​​⁠⁠⁠‌‌⁠​⁠‌‍‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 137 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

Photo of the machine from the side with labels pointing to the detergent solution tank side filler cap, the water removable filler hose, the detergent solution tank front filler and the solution tank
Fig. 4
Photo of the rear of the machine with a label pointing to the solution drain and level check hose
Fig. 5
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 138, used with permission. SES ref PF-FP2Q-RUKI‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠⁠⁠​⁠⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌⁠‍‌‌⁠‌‌​⁠‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 138 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Four photos with labels: the battery compartment liquid drain hole, the solenoid valve (EV1) under the machine, the solution tap and the solution filter
Fig. 6
Photos with labels: the cap with detergent supply hose, the EcoFlex detergent tank, the water level sensor (SW1), the detergent pump (M4) piston pump and the detergent pump (M4) peristaltic pump
Fig. 7
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 139, used with permission. SES ref PF-EJLT-M25M‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍⁠⁠​⁠‌⁠‍‌⁠‍‌​​‍‌​‌​‍‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 139 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance and adjustments

Cleaning the detergent solution tank and filter

In shortDrain and rinse the tank, close the solution valve (A), wash the filter strainer, then open the valve again. Valve (A) is closed in position (B) and open in position (C).‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍​‌‌‌⁠​​​‍‌‌​‍‌‍‍‍⁠‍⁠‍
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Ensure that the machine is off and the ignition key has been removed.
  3. Drain the detergent solution tank with the level hose. Then, rinse the tank with clean water.
  4. Close the detergent solution valve (A) (Figure 8). The valve (A) is closed when it is in position (B) and it is open when it is in position (C).
  5. Remove the transparent cover (D) and the gasket (E), then remove the filter strainer (F). Wash and rinse them, then refit them carefully onto the filter support (G).
  6. Open the valve (A).
Exploded drawing of the solution filter under the tank: valve A with its closed position B and open position C, and the filter support G, gasket E, filter strainer F and transparent cover D
Fig. 8
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 140, used with permission. SES ref PF-JGQ6-2EA3‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍​‌‌‌⁠​​​‍‌‌​‍‌‍‍‍⁠‍⁠‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 140 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Cleaning the EcoFlex detergent tank

Clean the detergent tank as follows.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍‌‌⁠​‌​​⁠‌‍​‌⁠‌⁠‍‌‍‍‌‌

  1. Drive the machine to the appointed disposal area.
  2. Ensure that the machine is off and the ignition key has been removed.
  3. Lift the recovery tank cover by opening it with the handle and check that the tank is empty; if not, empty it using the drain hose.
  4. Close the recovery tank cover until the handle clicks.
  5. Grasp the handle and carefully lift the recovery tank.
  6. Unscrew the cap (A) (Figure 9) from the detergent tank (B).
  7. Remove the tank.
  8. Rinse and wash out the tank in the appointed disposal area.
  9. Replace the detergent tank (B) as shown in the figure, then refit the cap (A).
  10. When the detergent tank has been drained, it may be necessary to drain the EcoFlex system too (see procedure in the section Draining the EcoFlex System).
Line drawing of the EcoFlex detergent tank in the battery area with the cap marked A and the tank marked B
Fig. 9
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 141, used with permission. SES ref PF-333I-I6Z5‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍‌‌⁠​‌​​⁠‌‍​‌⁠‌⁠‍‌‍‍‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 141 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Draining the EcoFlex system

Clean the detergent tank following the procedure in the previous section.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍​⁠​‍‌​⁠‍⁠‍‍‌​‌​‍⁠⁠‍⁠

To remove residual detergent from the detergent hoses and pump, proceed as follows.

  1. Turn on the machine by the key and the [Power] button.
  2. Press the [One-Touch] button. Check that the detergent quantity indicator on the display has at least one segment lit.
  3. Press the detergent flow rate adjustment button [Detergent flow rate] and the detergent percentage adjustment button [Detergent percentage] together, until the EcoFlex system drain activation screen appears on the display (after approximately 5 seconds).
    Display screen showing 30s, a battery symbol and the word DRAIN
    EcoFlex system drain activation screen
  4. Release the buttons [Detergent flow rate] and [Detergent percentage] and wait for the countdown timer on the display to finish and the vacuum to be activated.
  5. Collect the detergent remained on the floor.
  6. Remove the ignition key.
  7. Lift the recovery tank, then check that the detergent tank hose is empty, otherwise perform steps 3 to 7 again.

Note: The draining cycle lasts about 30 seconds, then the vacuum function automatically turns on, which allows to remove the detergent remained. The draining cycle can also be performed with the detergent tank full of water, thus cleaning the system thoroughly. It is advisable to perform this type of draining to clean the EcoFlex system from dirt and deposits if the machine has not been used/cleaned for a long time. The draining cycle can also be performed to quickly fill the detergent supply hose when the tank is full but the system is still empty. If necessary, the draining cycle can be performed several times in succession.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 142, used with permission. SES ref PF-ROXD-STES‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‍‍​⁠​‍‌​⁠‍⁠‍‍‌​‌​‍⁠⁠‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 142 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

In shortFind the symptom in the first column, then work down the possible causes. For no solution or too little, start with the solution filter, the solution supply valve and the solenoid valve (EV1). For no detergent on EcoFlex machines, check the detergent percentage and drain the system before replacing the pump.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠⁠​​⁠‌‌‌‌‍‍‌​‍‌​⁠‍⁠‍⁠⁠
TroublePossible causesRemedy
Small amount of solution or no solution reaches the brushThe solution filter is clogged/dirtyClean the filter
Solution supply valve locked in (semi) closed positionReplace the valve
Solenoid valve (EV1) broken or electrical connection interruptedReplace the solenoid valve/repair the electrical connection Parts ›
Presence of debris in detergent solution tank blocking the outlet holeClean the tank
Presence of debris in the detergent solution hose, blocking the passage of the liquidClean the hoses
Main machine controller (EB1) faultyReplace
Display controller (EB2) faultyReplace
User interface controller (EB3) faultyReplace
The solution reaches the brush also when the machine is offPresence of dirt or scale in solenoid valve (EV1)Clean the solenoid valve
Solenoid valve (EV1) brokenReplace the solenoid valve
The EcoFlex system detergent is not reaching the brush, or is not arriving in sufficient quantity

On the brush comes only water
The detergent flow percentage is too lowCheck/change the percentage
The hydraulic circuit upstream of the detergent pump is not triggeredCheck if the hose is filled and, if necessary, perform one or more draining cycles
The detergent pump (M4) is broken or there is an open in the electrical connectionReplace the pump/repair the electrical connection Parts ›
The detergent pump (M4, piston pump) is brokenReplace the detergent pump
The head of the detergent pump (M4, peristaltic pump) is exhaustedReplace the head of the detergent pump
The motor of the detergent pump (M4, peristaltic pump) is brokenReplace the detergent pump
There is foreign material/debris in the detergent tank clogging the output holeClean the tank
There is debris in the detergent hoses clogging the detergent flowClean the hoses
The detergent flow regulation button [Detergent percentage] is not working correctlyReplace the User interface controller (EB3)
Main machine controller (EB1) faultyReplace
Display controller (EB2) faultyReplace
User interface controller (EB3) faultyReplace
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 143, used with permission. SES ref PF-G3BS-BMFP‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍​⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠⁠​​⁠‌‌‌‌‍‍‌​‍‌​⁠‍⁠‍⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 143 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
TroublePossible causesRemedy
The EcoFlex system will not activate and the LED does not come onUser interface controller (EB3) faultyReplace
The Main machine controller (EB1) has not been set for operation with the EcoFlex systemIf present, remove the jumper (J6) (Figure 10) on the rear of the Main machine controller (EB1)
The symbol [asterisk on the display] is displayed when the solution tank is emptyHumid fouling inside the solution tankWashing the solution tank with clean water
Presence of water between the water level sensor and the outer wall of the solution tankDry the area
Water level sensor brokenReplace the sensor Parts ›
The symbol [circle on the display] is displayed when the solution tank is fullExcessive distance between the water level sensor and the wall of the solution tankCheck the proper installation of the sensor
Discontinued wiring harnessCheck the wiring harness between the sensor and the Main machine controller (EB1)
Water level sensor brokenReplace the sensor
Close-up of the rear of the main machine controller (EB1) with the jumper J6 highlighted in yellow; fuse F1 and the connectors J7, J5 and J2 and the VA+ and VA- terminals are also visible
Fig. 10
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 144, used with permission. SES ref PF-NWDN-7LDQ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​⁠‌⁠‍‌​⁠‍​​​⁠​​​⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 144 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Solenoid valve

Remove‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠‌‍⁠⁠‍⁠⁠​‍‍‍⁠‍‍‍⁠​‍⁠​​

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor or on a hoisting system to facilitate the disassembly procedures.
  2. Turn on the machine by the key and the [Power] button.
  3. Lower the brush deck by pressing the [One-Touch] button.
  4. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  5. Unscrew and disconnect the connection (A) (Figure 11) on the solenoid valve (B).
  6. Disconnect the detergent supply hose (C) from the solenoid valve.
  7. Unscrew the two screws (D), disconnect the hose (E), then remove the solenoid valve (B).

Installation

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Three photos: the solenoid valve under the machine with the connection A, the valve B and the detergent supply hose C; a screwdriver at screw D; and a close-up of the valve B with the hose E
Fig. 11
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 145, used with permission. SES ref PF-XV7K-F7NI‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠‌‍⁠⁠‍⁠⁠​‍‍‍⁠‍‍‍⁠​‍⁠​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 145 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Detergent pump (piston pump)

(Model No.: 9087352020, 9087354020, 9087350020, 9087351020, 9087353020, 9087355020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍‍​⁠‍​‌‌⁠‍‍‍⁠‌⁠‌​‌‍‍‌‌

Remove

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  3. Lift the recovery tank.
  4. Unscrew the two screws (A) (Figure 12) and remove the cover (B).
  5. Disconnect the connectors (C) and the tank hose (D) and brush hose (E).
  6. Unscrew the two screws (F) and remove the detergent pump (G).

Installation

  1. Assemble the components in the opposite order to that they were removed in, ensuring the supply hoses (D) and (E) are correctly fitted on the detergent pump.
Two photos: the cover B over the battery compartment with screws A, and the piston detergent pump with connectors C, tank hose D, brush hose E, screws F and pump G
Fig. 12
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 146, used with permission. SES ref PF-M6TB-NB5U‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍‍​⁠‍​‌‌⁠‍‍‍⁠‌⁠‌​‌‍‍‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 146 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Detergent pump (peristaltic pump)

(Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020,9087401020, 9087405020, 9087402020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌​‍​‍‌⁠‌⁠⁠‌​‌⁠⁠​⁠‍​‍⁠‍​

Remove

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  3. Lift the recovery tank.
  4. Unscrew the two screws (A) (Figure 13) and remove the cover (B).
  5. For remove only the head of the detergent pump:
    1. Disconnect the tank hose (C) and brush hose (D).
    2. Remove the head of the detergent pump (E) to the detergent pump motor.
  6. For remove the detergent pump:
    1. Disconnect the connectors (F) and the tank hose (C) and brush hose (D).
    2. Unscrew the two screws (G) and remove the detergent pump (H).

Installation

Assemble the components in the opposite order to that they were removed in, ensuring the supply hoses (C) and (D) are correctly fitted on the detergent pump.

Photo of the cover B over the battery compartment with screws A
Fig. 13 (part 1 of 2)
Drawing and two photos of the peristaltic detergent pump: a flow direction drawing with D (brush hose) and C (tank hose); the pump head E being removed; and the pump H with connectors F, screws G, tank hose C and brush hose D
Fig. 13 (part 2 of 2)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 147, used with permission. SES ref PF-KRKO-KVSX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌​‍​‍‌⁠‌⁠⁠‌​‌⁠⁠​⁠‍​‍⁠‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 147 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Checking the water level sensor operation

In shortYou can check the water level sensor from the main screen of the multifunction display with the Supervisor key in. Symbol (A) shows with the solution tank more than half full, and symbol (B) shows with it less than half full.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​⁠⁠‌​‌⁠‌​‌​‌‌​‍​‌​‌⁠‌​
  1. Insert the Supervisor key (yellow) in place of the User key (grey or blue) to access the main screen (Figure 14) of the multifunction display.
  2. With the solution tank more than half full, the symbol displayed is (A).
  3. With the solution tank less than half full, the symbol displayed is (B).
Two views of the multifunction display screen with Parameter settings, Alarm log, Hour meters and Exit. Callout A points to a snowflake-like symbol (tank more than half full) and callout B to a small open circle (tank less than half full).
Fig. 14
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 148, used with permission. SES ref PF-LPUL-YDHM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​⁠⁠‌​‌⁠‌​‌​‌‌​‍​‌​‌⁠‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 148 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Water level sensor

Remove

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  3. Lift the recovery tank.
  4. Unscrew the two screws (A) (Figure 15) and remove the cover (B).
  5. Unscrew the two screws (C) and lift the tank (D).
  6. Disconnect the connector (E).
  7. Disassemble and remove the water level sensor (F).

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Three photos of the water level sensor job: screws A and cover B over the battery area, connector E and tank D with screws C, and the removed tank D with the water level sensor F.
Fig. 15
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 149, used with permission. SES ref PF-RZ2N-WMGC‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌‌‍⁠⁠​‌‍‌‌‍‌​​‍‌​⁠‌‌​​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 149 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Solution tank capacity12 US gal (45 liters)
Solution flow values0.25 fl oz per 3.3 ft (0.75 cl/m) / 0.51 fl oz per 3.3 ft (1.5 cl/m)
1.01 fl oz per 3.3 ft (3.0 cl/m) / 0.74 gal/min (2.8 l/min)
0.13 fl oz per 3.3 ft (0.38 cl/m) / 0.25 fl oz per 3.3 ft (0.75 cl/m)
0.51 fl oz per 3.3 ft (1.5 cl/m) / 0.74 gal/min (2.8 l/min)
EcoFlex kit tank capacity1.3 US gal (5 L)
EcoFlex kit detergent percentage settingRatio 1:400 ÷ 1:33 (0.25% ÷ 3%)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 150, used with permission. SES ref PF-WJTD-D4SO‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍‍​‍⁠​‍⁠‍‌‌‍‌​​⁠⁠⁠​‍​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 150 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

34 - Scrub system, disc

Functional description

In shortThe disc brush turns counter-clockwise and is driven by the brush motor (M1) once the operator activates the paddle. The electrical actuator (M5) raises and lowers the deck, and an overload safety system stops the brush if the brush motor current stays too high.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​​⁠​​‌‍⁠‌‌​⁠​​​‍​‌‌‍⁠⁠‍⁠

The disc brush system can be started by the operator.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​​⁠​​‌‍⁠‌‌​⁠​​​‍​‌‌‍⁠⁠‍⁠

The disc brush turn counter-clockwise.

The rotating brush system cleans the surface of the floor. The main component of the brush system is the deck where the brush or the pad holder with pad suitable for the type of surface to be cleaned is installed.

The brush deck is installed on a frame to which the electrical actuator and the four levers for connection to the frame integrated with the brush motor is coupled.

The electrical actuator (M5) lifts and lowers the deck. The operating and washing pressure depends on the weight of the deck. The actuator also permits the extra pressure function. Extra pressure is selected via the button on the User interface controller.

Brush rotation occurs only when the brush motor (M1) is driven by the Main machine controller (EB1) following activation of the paddle.

The brush system uses the solution to wash the floor.

In case of brush motor overload, a safety system stops the brush to prevent continuous overload.

If the overload takes place when the extra pressure function is on, the system automatically turns the extra pressure function off. If the overload persists, the brush stops.

The overload is detected by monitoring the current flow on the brush motor. If the motor current reaches the value stored in the parameter “VS1” and the overload persists, the brush motor will stop following a delay which varies on the basis of the extent of the overload.

To start scrubbing again after a brush stop due to overload, turn the machine off. Then restart the machine.

To work properly, the brush motor (M1) needs the following:

  • Brush function on
  • Forward paddle pressed
  • Battery level not in critical condition with flashing segments.

Brush release system

In order to release the brush from its hub, the brush motor starts up and then stops rapidly. The brush’s inertia thus causes it to disengage from the hub.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 151, used with permission. SES ref PF-PERZ-4C2V‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​​​⁠​​‌‍⁠‌‌​⁠​​​‍​‌‌‍⁠⁠‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 151 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram: the Main machine controller (EB1) with terminals B+ electronic board power supply +, Brush motor + BR+, Brush motor - BR-, Deck actuator power supply +/- J1.3, Deck actuator power supply -/+ J1.4 and B- electronic board power supply -. Brush motor fuse (F4) sits in the BR+ line to the brush motor (M1); the brush deck actuator motor (M5) connects to J1.3 and J1.4.
Fig. 1
Label on drawingTerminal
Electronic board power supply +B+
Brush motor +BR+
Brush motor -BR-
Deck actuator power supply +/-J1.3
Deck actuator power supply -/+J1.4
Electronic board power supply -B-
  • MAIN MACHINE CONTROLLER (EB1)
  • BRUSH MOTOR FUSE (F4)
  • BRUSH MOTOR (M1)
  • BRUSH DECK ACTUATOR MOTOR (M5)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 152, used with permission. SES ref PF-RYZT-KJU5‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍⁠‍⁠​‌​​‍⁠⁠⁠​⁠‌‌⁠‌‍‌‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 152 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush deck actuator system

The brush deck actuator of SC500 is a new generation actuator developed by SIR and ITALSEA and it is controlled directly by the Main machine controller (EB1) without electromechanical limit switches. ITALSEA patented the system to control the actuator. Basically the system uses deeply measurements of the current flow in the actuator to know its position in real time.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌​​‍​‍‌​‌‍‍​​⁠‌‌‌⁠⁠‍​‌

The actuator is mechanically proof of the end of stroke because of it reaches the end of stroke with limited voltage applied and so with a limited speed and force.

The actuator moves and stops in 3 defined positions:

  1. RETRACTED: fully retracted end of stroke (deck lifted)
  2. WORK: intermediate position (deck on the floor, normal work condition)
  3. EXTRAPRESSURE: fully extended end of stroke (deck on the floor with extrapressure given pressing the actuator integrated spring)

The actuator is powered at 50% PWM (about 12Vdc) near the end of strokes or during the machine switch-on reset feature, otherwise at 100% PWM (24Vdc)

The machine switch-on reset feature moves the actuator from the position where it was the last time the machine was switched off to the RETRACTED position.

The quotes of the actuator strokes, with a tolerance of ±0.08 in (±2 mm) are: stroke RETRACTED-WORK = 3.3 in (85 mm), stroke RETRACTED-EXTRAPRESSURE (end to end) = 4.7 in (120 mm).

There are time out limits and amperometric limits related to the different phases of the movement as follow:

Movement from:To:PWMAMP limitAlarm if AMP limit reachedTimeout
ExtrapressureWork100% (=24Vdc)4A per Time>1sec.Yes7.5 sec.
WorkRetracted – 0.4 in (10 mm)100%(=24Vdc)4A per Time>1sec.Yes15 sec.
Retracted – 0.4 in (10 mm)Retracted50%(=12Vdc)2A per Time>1sec.Not (Main machine controller assumes the actuator reaches the end of stroke)
Reset (during machine switch on)50%(=12Vdc)2A per Time>1sec.Not (Main machine controller assumes the actuator reaches the end of stroke)25 sec.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 153, used with permission. SES ref PF-WNDD-3EQ3‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌​​‍​‍‌​‌‍‍​​⁠‌‌‌⁠⁠‍​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 153 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

Photo of the disc brush deck with callouts: Brush motor (M1), Deck raising levers, Machine straight forward movement adjusting knob, Brush deck support, Disc brush deck and Brush.
Fig. 2
Two photos: the drive hub seen from under the disc brush deck, and the brush deck lifting/lowering actuator (M5) next to the solution tank.
Fig. 3
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 154, used with permission. SES ref PF-O6PS-CE2N‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠​​⁠⁠‌‍⁠‌‌‌​‍​​​‍​⁠​​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 154 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Photo of the electrical component compartment with callouts: Actuator system wiring connection, Main machine controller (EB1) and Brush motor fuse (F4).
Fig. 4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 155, used with permission. SES ref PF-J6JR-QXVW‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌⁠‌‍⁠‍‍​​⁠​⁠‌‌‌⁠‌‌​‌⁠‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 155 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance and adjustments

Brush installation/removal

  1. According to the kind of cleaning to be performed, the machine can be equipped either with the brush (A) (Figure 5) or the pad-holder (B) with pad (C) together with the appropriate deck.
  2. Turn on the machine by the key and the button [Power].
  3. Bring the machine speed to minimum by pressing the tortoise [Tortoise] machine speed adjustment button.
  4. With the brush deck raised, position the brush (A) or pad-holder (B) under the deck.
  5. Press the One-Touch button [One-Touch] to lower the deck onto the brush.
  6. To engage the brush, press the paddle (2), then release it. If necessary, repeat the procedure until the brush is engaged.
CAUTION: Turn the machine speed to idle and slightly press the paddle, otherwise the machine starts to move.
  1. To remove the brush, the deck must be lifted by pressing the One-Touch button [One-Touch], then press the brush release button [Brush release]. When the display shows the brush release icon, wait until the brush is lowered onto the floor.
Exploded drawing of the disc deck: brush A, and pad-holder B with pad C, positioned under the deck.
Fig. 5
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 156, used with permission. SES ref PF-TQAK-7TZB‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​​‍⁠‌‌​‍​‍​​​‍‍⁠​‌‌​⁠‍‍‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 156 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

TroublePossible CausesRemedy
The brush does not clean properlyThe brush is excessively wornReplace
The brush does not turnSee the chapter Control System, Main machine controller (EB1) Error Codes
Brush motor fuse (F4) brokenReplace
Brush motor carbon brushes wornReplace
Presence of bulky debris or string around the brush or between the brush and attachment flangeRemove the brush and clean it
Faulty brush motorRepair or replace
Wiring damagedRepair
It is not possible to raise/lower the brushSee the chapter Control System, Main machine controller (EB1) Error Codes
Deck raising/lowering actuator (M5) brokenReplace
Break in actuator wiringCheck the connections according to the instructions in the Electrical System chapter, Troubleshooting paragraph
Main machine controller (EB1) damagedReplace
The brush disengagement system does not workMain machine controller (EB1) faultyReplace
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 157, used with permission. SES ref PF-SKFS-RM5U‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠‍‌⁠‌⁠⁠‌‌​‍‌​‌‍​‍​‍⁠‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 157 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush motor current draw test

WARNING: This procedure must be performed by qualified personnel only.
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Remove the brush.
  3. Disconnect the drive system connector (A) (Figure 6) on the Main machine controller (B) to disable machine movement.
  4. Turn on the machine by the key and the button [Power].
  5. Press the One-Touch button [One-Touch] to lower the brush deck.
  6. Apply the amperometric clamp (C) to an electrical cable (D) of the brush motor.
  7. Activate the brush by pressing the paddle, then check that the brush motor current draw is between 3 and 4A at 20V(*).
  8. Deactivate the brush by releasing the paddle and raise the brush deck by pressing the One-Touch button [One-Touch].
  9. Remove the Amp clamp (C).
  10. If the amperage is higher, perform the following procedures to detect and correct the abnormal amperage:
    • Check the brush motor carbon brushes.
    • Remove the brush motor then check the condition of its components.
  11. If the above-mentioned procedures do not lead to a correct amperage, it is necessary to replace the brush motor.
Two photos: the drive system connector A and the Main machine controller B in the electrical compartment, and an amperometric clamp C on a brush motor electrical cable D.
Fig. 6

(*) Voltage value supplied by the Main machine controller to the brush gear motor when the gear motor current draw is less than the value of the RPM parameter.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠‍‍‍‌‍⁠‍‍​‍‌⁠​‌‌​⁠⁠​‌​

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 158, used with permission. SES ref PF-AJEU-ZDBG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​⁠‍‍‍‌‍⁠‍‍​‍‌⁠​‌‌​⁠⁠​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 158 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Brush deck

Disassembly

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor or on a hoisting system to facilitate the disassembly procedures.
  2. Remove the brush.
  3. Turn on the machine by the key and the button [Power].
  4. Lower the brush deck by pressing the One-Touch button [One-Touch].
  5. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  6. Undo the screw (A) (Figure 7) on the pin of the actuator (B); retain the bushing.
  7. Unscrew and disconnect the connection (C) on the solenoid valve (D).
  8. Disconnect the detergent supply hose (E) from the solenoid valve.
  9. Remove the cover (F) (Figure 8), then disconnect the hose (G) from the detergent pump (H).
Two photos: screw A on the pin of actuator B, and connection C on solenoid valve D with detergent supply hose E.
Fig. 7
Two photos: cover F over the battery area, and hose G connected to detergent pump H.
Fig. 8
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 159, used with permission. SES ref PF-BBXR-LFDR‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‌⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​​‍⁠⁠‍‌⁠‌⁠‍​‌⁠⁠​​‌‌​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 159 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Remove the 4 screws (I) (Figure 9) fastening the deck raising levers (J), retaining the bushings and washers.
  2. Unscrew the 2 retaining nuts (K) and disconnect the brush motor power supply cables (L).
Two views: four screws I fastening the deck raising levers J, and retaining nut K with brush motor power supply cable L.
Fig. 9
  1. Extract the brush deck (M) (Figure 10) from beneath the solution tank.
Photo of the brush deck M with the brush motor, being extracted from beneath the solution tank.
Fig. 10

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the opposite order they were removed in, ensuring the brush motor power supply cable polarities are correct.
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 160, used with permission. SES ref PF-G3BZ-BCTZ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍​​​​​‌​‍‍​‍‌​​‌‌⁠‍⁠‌⁠‍‌⁠‍‍⁠‍​‌⁠‌⁠⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 160 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Checking/replacing brush motor carbon brushes

Check

  1. Remove the brush deck.
  2. Remove any dust and dirt from around the brush motor carbon brushes.
  3. Remove the four protective covers (A) (Figure 11) by disconnecting the clips.
  4. Remove the carbon brush nuts (B) with the lead-in wires.
  5. Disengage the tabs (C) and remove the carbon brushes (D).
  6. Check the carbon brushes (D) for wear. The carbon brushes are worn out when:
    • They do not make sufficient contact with the armature of the brush motor due to their wear
    • When their contact surface is not intact
    • When the residual stroke is below 0.12 in (3 mm)
    • When the thrust spring etc. is broken
  7. Replace the carbon brushes as an assembly.

Reassembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Drawing of the brush motor with four protective covers A, carbon brush nuts B, and the removed carbon brush D with spring and tab C.
Fig. 11
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 161, used with permission. SES ref PF-MFZZ-BDOV‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍​‌​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠⁠‍‌‌​‍⁠‍‌‌‍‌⁠‌‍⁠‍⁠‌‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 161 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush motor disassembly/assembly

Disassembly

  1. Remove the brush deck.
  2. Working at the bench, remove the screw (A) (Figure 12) of the brush motor.
  3. Use a puller to remove the brush hub (B).
  4. Remove the screws (C).
  5. Remove the brush motor (D).
  6. Recover the key (E).

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.

Note: For further information on deck components see the Spare Parts List.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍​​⁠​‍⁠‍‌⁠‌⁠⁠‍‍⁠‌‍‍‍‍‌

Exploded drawing of the disc deck: brush motor D, key E, screws C, brush hub B and screw A.
Fig. 12
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 162, used with permission. SES ref PF-2CLG-5EHA‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍​‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‍​​⁠​‍⁠‍‌⁠‌⁠⁠‍‍⁠‌‍‍‍‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 162 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush deck actuator

Remove

  1. Lower the brush deck.
  2. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  3. Remove the cover and disconnect the actuator connector (A) (Figure 13).
  4. Unscrew the screw (B) of the lower pin, retaining the bushings.
  5. Remove the screws (C), retaining the plates (D).
  6. Remove the actuator (E).

Installation

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Four photos: actuator connector A, screw B on the lower pin, screws C with plates D, and the actuator E being removed.
Fig. 13
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 163, used with permission. SES ref PF-GQZ7-CNVG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌⁠‍‌⁠‌​‌‍‌‌‍​⁠⁠​‍⁠‌​‌‌‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 163 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Cleaning width20 in (530 mm)
Brush/pad diameter20 in (530/508 mm)
Brush pressure with extra-pressure function turned off33 lb (15 kg)
Brush pressure with extra-pressure function turned on66 lb (30 kg)
Brush deck right/left offset2.5 / 0.6 in (65 / 15 mm)
Brush distance from the floor (when lifted)1.6 in (40 mm)
Brush motor power0.6 hp (450 W)
Brush rotation speed155 rpm
Protection classIP 20
Insulation classF
Actuator technical dataStrength67 lbf (300 N)
Maximum load135 lbf (600 N)
Regulated travel3.3 in (85 mm)
Total travel4.7 in (120 mm)
Maximum speed0.63 in/s (16 mm/s)
Voltage24V
Protection classIP 44
Insulation classB
No-load current draw0.5A
Full-load current draw3A
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 164, used with permission. SES ref PF-2O4K-ANB6‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍⁠‌‍‌‌⁠⁠‌​‌​⁠⁠‍‍‌⁠‌​‌​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 164 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

34 - Scrub system, REV

Functional description

In shortThe REV brush moves in an orbital pattern with anticlockwise rotation and is driven by the REV motor (M1) once the operator activates the paddle. The electrical actuator (M5) raises and lowers the deck, and an overload safety system stops the brush if the REV motor current stays too high.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​​⁠​‍⁠‌‍​‍‌⁠​⁠⁠‍‍​‌⁠‌

The REV brush system can be operated by the operator.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​​⁠​‍⁠‌‍​‍‌⁠​⁠⁠‍‍​‌⁠‌

The REV brush has a movement with distinctive orbital movements and anticlockwise rotation.

The REV allows the surface concerned to be washed/cleaned by the movement of the brush. The main component of the system is the deck where the brush or the pad suitable for the type of surface to be cleaned is installed.

The brush deck is fixed to the machine with a support to which the electrical actuator and two anchor levers are applied.

The electrical actuator (M5) lifts and lowers the deck. The operating and washing pressure depends on the weight of the deck. The actuator also permits the extra pressure function. Extra pressure is selected via the button on the User interface controller.

Brush rotation occurs only when the REV motor (M1) is driven by the Main machine controller (EB1) following activation of the paddle.

Transmission of motion from the gear motor to the brush occurs via an eccentric system which provides the orbital movement.

The system, once activated, uses the solution coming form the solution system, to wash the floor.

In case of REV motor overload, a safety system stops the brush to prevent continuous overload.

If the overload takes place when the extra pressure function is on, the system automatically turns the extra pressure function off. If the overload persists, the brush stops.

The overload is detected by monitoring the current flow sum on the REV motor. If the motor current reaches the value stored in the parameter “VS1” and if the overload persists, the REV motor will stop following a delay which varies on the basis of the extent of the overload.

To start scrubbing again after a brush stop due to overload, turn the machine off. Then restart the machine.

In summary, operation of the REV motor (M1) requires the following conditions/inputs:

  • Brush function on
  • Forward paddle pressed
  • Battery level not in critical condition with flashing segments.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 165, used with permission. SES ref PF-77GY-WUP7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​​⁠​‍⁠‌‍​‍‌⁠​⁠⁠‍‍​‌⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 165 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram: the Main machine controller (EB1) with terminals B+ electronic board power supply +, Brush motor + BR+, Brush motor - BR-, Deck actuator power supply +/- J1.3, Deck actuator power supply -/+ J1.4 and B- electronic board power supply -. Brush motor fuse (F4) sits in the BR+ line to the brush motor (M1); the brush deck actuator motor (M5) connects to J1.3 and J1.4.
Fig. 1
Label on drawingTerminal
Electronic board power supply +B+
Brush motor +BR+
Brush motor -BR-
Deck actuator power supply +/-J1.3
Deck actuator power supply -/+J1.4
Electronic board power supply -B-
  • MAIN MACHINE CONTROLLER (EB1)
  • BRUSH MOTOR FUSE (F4)
  • BRUSH MOTOR (M1)
  • BRUSH DECK ACTUATOR MOTOR (M5)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 166, used with permission. SES ref PF-D56M-XR3G‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍​‍​‌‍‌⁠⁠​‍⁠‌​⁠⁠​​‍⁠⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 166 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush deck actuator system

The brush deck actuator of SC500 is a new generation actuator developed by SIR and ITALSEA and it is controlled directly by the Main machine controller (EB1) without electromechanical limit switches. ITALSEA patented the system to control the actuator. Basically the system uses deeply measurements of the current flow in the actuator to know its position in real time.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠‍‌‌⁠​‍⁠⁠‍​‌​‌⁠​​‍​⁠‌‍​

The actuator is mechanically proof of the end of stroke because of it reaches the end of stroke with limited voltage applied and so with a limited speed and force.

The actuator moves and stops in 3 defined positions:

  1. RETRACTED: fully retracted end of stroke (deck lifted)
  2. WORK: intermediate position (deck on the floor, normal work condition)
  3. EXTRAPRESSURE: fully extended end of stroke (deck on the floor with extrapressure given pressing the actuator integrated spring)

The actuator is powered at 50% PWM (about 12Vdc) near the end of strokes or during the machine switch-on reset feature, otherwise at 100% PWM (24Vdc)

The machine switch-on reset feature moves the actuator from the position where it was the last time the machine was switched off to the RETRACTED position.

The quotes of the actuator strokes, with a tolerance of ±0.08 in (±2 mm) are: stroke RETRACTED-WORK = 2.5 in (63 mm), stroke RETRACTED-EXTRAPRESSURE (end to end) = 3.8 in (98 mm).

There are time out limits and amperometric limits related to the different phases of the movement as follow:

Movement from:To:PWMAMP limitAlarm if AMP limit reachedTimeout
ExtrapressureWork100% (=24Vdc)4A per Time>1sec.Yes7.5 sec.
WorkRetracted – 0.4 in (10 mm)100%(=24Vdc)4A per Time>1sec.Yes15 sec.
Retracted – 0.4 in (10 mm)Retracted50%(=12Vdc)2A per Time>1sec.Not (Main machine controller assumes the actuator reaches the end of stroke)
Reset (during machine switch on)50%(=12Vdc)2A per Time>1sec.Not (Main machine controller assumes the actuator reaches the end of stroke)25 sec.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 167, used with permission. SES ref PF-JAA7-QNZW‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠⁠‍‌‌⁠​‍⁠⁠‍​‌​‌⁠​​‍​⁠‌‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 167 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

Photo of the REV brush deck with callouts: REV Motor (M1), Deck raising levers, Brush deck support, Brush deck and REV pad.
Fig. 2
Two photos: the drive disc seen from under the REV brush deck, and the brush deck lifting/lowering actuator (M5) next to the solution tank.
Fig. 3
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 168, used with permission. SES ref PF-GCX5-JA5P‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‍​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‌‌‍⁠​​‍⁠⁠‌⁠​‌​⁠‌​​‌‍‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 168 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Photo of the electrical compartment with callouts for the actuator system wiring connection, the main machine controller (EB1) and the brush motor fuse (F4)
Fig. 4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 169, used with permission. SES ref PF-CCW5-MTOR‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍⁠‍​⁠​⁠‍‍‌‍‍‌​​​‌‍‌​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 169 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance and adjustments

Brush installation/removal

CAUTION: Ensure that the machine is off with the ignition key removed before installing or removing the REV system brush.
  1. With the REV deck raised, install the pad (A) (Figure 5) or the brush (C), depending on the type of treatment to be performed:
    • Place the pad (A) under the deck and press it until it is fastened with the Velcro of the drive disc (B).
    • Place the brush (C, optional) under the deck, and then match the centering pins (D) to the respective holes of the drive disc (B), and then engage the brush with the mounting screws (E).
  2. To remove the pad or brush, proceed in the reverse order.
Exploded drawing of the REV deck: pad (A) and brush (C) below the drive disc (B), with centering pins (D) on the brush and three mounting screws (E) on the drive disc
Fig. 5
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 170, used with permission. SES ref PF-725J-KJCP‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠⁠‍⁠⁠‍‌‌​‌‍⁠‍‍‍​​‌​​​‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 170 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

TroublePossible CausesRemedy
The brush does not clean properlyThe brush is excessively wornReplace
The brush does not turnSee the chapter Control System, Main machine controller (EB1) Error Codes
Brush motor fuse (F4) brokenReplace
REV motor carbon brushes wornReplace
Faulty REV motorRepair or replace
Wiring damagedRepair
It is not possible to raise/lower the brushSee the chapter Control System, Main machine controller (EB1) Error Codes
Deck raising/lowering actuator (M5) brokenReplace
Break in actuator wiringCheck the connections according to the instructions in the Electrical System chapter, Troubleshooting paragraph
Main machine controller (EB1) damagedReplace
The deck is transmitting too much vibration to the machineDeck vibration dampers worn.Replace.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 171, used with permission. SES ref PF-EPTP-YOKJ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍​‌‍‍‌​⁠​‌⁠‍​⁠‌‍‍​‍‍‌​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 171 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

REV motor current draw test

In shortWith the brush removed, the deck lowered and the drive system connector unplugged, the REV motor should draw between 3 and 4A at 24V while the brush is running. If it draws more, check the carbon brushes and the motor; if that does not fix it, the motor must be replaced. Questions? Call us at 800-440-6723.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌⁠⁠‌⁠⁠​​‍⁠‍​⁠⁠‍⁠‌‍‌⁠⁠​
WARNING: This procedure must be performed by qualified personnel only.
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Remove the brush.
  3. Lift the machine so that the deck no longer touches the floor once lowered.
  4. Disconnect the drive system connector (A) (Figure 6) on the Main machine controller (B) to disable machine movement.
  5. Turn on the machine by the key and the button [Power].
  6. Press the One-Touch button [One-Touch] to lower the brush deck.
  7. Apply the amperometric clamps (C) to an electrical wire (D) of the motor.
  8. Activate the brush by pressing the paddle, then check that the REV motor current draw is between 3 and 4A at 24V.
  9. Deactivate the brush by releasing the paddle and raise the brush deck by pressing the One-Touch button [One-Touch].
  10. Remove the Amp clamp (C).
  11. If the amperage is higher, perform the following procedures to detect and correct the abnormal amperage:
    • Check the REV motor carbon brushes.
    • Remove the REV motor then check the condition of its components.
  12. If the above-mentioned procedures do not lead to a correct amperage, it is necessary to replace the motor.
Two photos: left, a hand holding the drive system connector (A) next to the main machine controller (B); right, an amp clamp (C) around a motor wire (D)
Fig. 6
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 172, used with permission. SES ref PF-4YRE-SCQ2‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌‌⁠⁠‌⁠⁠​​‍⁠‍​⁠⁠‍⁠‌‍‌⁠⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 172 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

REV deck

Disassembly

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor or on a hoisting system to facilitate the disassembly procedures.
  2. Turn on the machine by the key and the button [Power].
  3. Lower the brush deck by pressing the One-Touch button [One-Touch].
  4. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  5. Undo the screw (A) (Figure 7) on the pin of the actuator (B); retain the bushing.
  6. Unscrew and disconnect the connection (C) on the solenoid valve (D).
  7. Disconnect the detergent supply hose (E) from the solenoid valve.
  8. Remove the cover (F) (Figure 8), then disconnect the hose (G) from the detergent pump (H).
Two photos: left, a screw (A) on the pin of the actuator (B); right, the connection (C) on the solenoid valve (D) and the detergent supply hose (E)
Fig. 7
Two photos: left, the cover (F) with a yellow label, next to the battery; right, the hose (G) connected to the detergent pump (H)
Fig. 8
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 173, used with permission. SES ref PF-5HLR-BNWC‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‍‍‍⁠​⁠⁠‌⁠⁠​​‍‌‌⁠⁠​​‌⁠​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 173 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Remove the 2 screws (I) (Figure 9) fastening the deck raising levers (J), retaining the bushings and washers.
  2. Disconnect the REV motor power supply connections (K).
Two photos: left, the two screws (I) fastening the deck raising levers (J); right, the REV motor power supply connections (K)
Fig. 9
  1. Extract the REV deck (L) (Figure 10) from beneath the solution tank.
Photo of the REV deck with the motor mounted on it; a callout labeled M points to the deck body (the step text calls the deck L)
Fig. 10

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the opposite order they were removed in, ensuring the REV motor power supply cable polarities are correct.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 174, used with permission. SES ref PF-4LTY-5DTY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‌​‍‍⁠‌‌‌‍⁠​⁠‍‌​‌​‌‌‌⁠​
Service Manual – SC500Page 174 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Checking/replacing REV motor carbon brushes

In shortThe REV motor cannot be removed while the deck is on the machine, so remove the deck and work on a bench. There are four carbon brushes; each is held back temporarily (the manual uses a paper clip) while the top cover goes on, and the wire mounting holes are sealed with silicone afterward. Parts for this job are listed at the end of the procedure on page 177.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‌​‍⁠‌​‌‍‍‌‌⁠‍​‌‍​​⁠‍‍​
  1. Remove the REV deck.
  2. Place the deck on a workbench.

Note: The motor cannot be removed with the REV deck fitted to the machine.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‌​‍⁠‌​‌‍‍‌‌⁠‍​‌‍​​⁠‍‍​

  1. Remove the connector holder.
  2. Remove the wire mounting nut and the rubber gasket.
Photo of the motor on a workbench with a hand holding the wire mounting nut and rubber gasket; callout text reads: Remove the wire mounting nut and the rubber gasket.
Fig. 11
  1. Remove both nuts.
Photo of the motor end plate seen from below with two nuts; callout text reads: Remove both nuts.
Fig. 12
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 175, used with permission. SES ref PF-YXXM-NMNI‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍‍⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠​‌​‍⁠‌​‌‍‍‌‌⁠‍​‌‍​​⁠‍‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 175 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Remove the top cover.
Photo of the removed top cover held in a hand beside the motor housing, showing the four carbon brush holders
Fig. 13
  1. Replace the carbon brushes.
    • Before disassembly, note the spring position when the carbon brush is being pushed back.
    • Remove the carbon brush and the spring.
    • Install the new carbon brush and the spring in the proper carbon brush housing. Route the wire through the carbon brush housing. Place the rear end of the carbon brush in the spring “cup” so that the spring unrolls with the carbon brush pushed back once installed.
Two photos: left, a carbon brush spring with callouts Spring cup side and Spring unroll side (opening); right, a carbon brush with its wire next to the spring
Fig. 14
  • Push the carbon brush back against the spring and insert a paper clip through the access hole in the deck. (Remove the silicone sealant from the holes). The wire must pass through the holes of the brush holder in front of the brush to press the carbon brush against the spring.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 176, used with permission. SES ref PF-ML7L-KCWG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠​​​​​‌​‍‍​​​‍‌‍​‌​​⁠⁠​⁠⁠​⁠‍⁠‍​⁠‌‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 176 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
Two photos: left, a paper clip inserted through the access hole in the end plate to hold a carbon brush back; right, a carbon brush in its holder with the wire routed in front of it
Fig. 15
  • Install the other three carbon brushes.
  1. Install the wave washer.
  2. Install the top cover.
    • Install it far enough so that the carbon brushes make contact with the collector when the temporary support wires are removed. Then remove the temporary wires.
Close photo of a carbon brush touching the commutator; callouts read Commutator and Carbon brush
Fig. 16
  • Install the top cover.
  • Install the nuts.
  • Seal the wire mounting holes with silicone sealant.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 177, used with permission. SES ref PF-TMIN-AO6M‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍‍‌⁠‌​‍‍‍​‍⁠‌​‌​‌‍‌‍‌‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 177 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Brush deck actuator

Remove

  1. Lower the brush deck.
  2. Switch off the machine and disconnect the battery connector.
  3. Remove the cover and disconnect the actuator connector (A) (Figure 17).
  4. Unscrew the screw (B) of the lower pin, retaining the bushings.
  5. Remove the screws (C), retaining the plates (D).
  6. Remove the actuator (E).

Installation

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Four photos: the actuator connector (A); the screw (B) on the lower pin; the screws (C) and plates (D); the actuator (E) being removed
Fig. 17
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 178, used with permission. SES ref PF-ZTGN-6ZQT‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​‍​‌‍‌​‍‍⁠‌⁠‍⁠​‌​‌​​​‍‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 178 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Cleaning width20 in (530 mm)
Brush/pad diameter20 in (530/508 mm)
Brush pressure with extra-pressure function turned off49 lb (22 kg)
Brush pressure with extra-pressure function turned on66 lb (30 kg)
Brush deck right/left offset3.9 / 1 in (100 / 25 mm)
Brush distance from the floor (when lifted)1.9 in (48 mm)
REV motor power0.9 HP (670 W)
Rotation speed2200 RPM
Insulation classH
Insulation classF
Actuator technical dataStrength67 lbf (300 N)
Maximum load135 lbf (600 N)
Regulated travel2.5 in (63 mm)
Total travel3.8 in (98 mm)
Maximum speed24V
VoltageIP 44
Protection classB
Insulation class0.5A
No-load current draw3A
Full-load current draw3A

Printed this way in the manual. The printed table appears shifted by one row from “Maximum speed” down; it is kept as printed. Call us at 800-440-6723 to confirm before relying on these values.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌‌‌​‌‌⁠​‍‌‍​‌​⁠​‍⁠‌⁠​‌⁠

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 179, used with permission. SES ref PF-RC7L-H765‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‌‌‌​‌‌⁠​‍‌‍​‌​⁠​‍⁠‌⁠​‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 179 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

38 - Squeegee system

Functional description

In shortThe squeegee wipes the water off the floor so the recovery system can pick it up. It rides on castors, comes off quickly if it hits a fixed obstacle, and is raised and lowered with a foot pedal. All 4 edges of each blade can be used before the blade needs replacing.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​⁠​‌‍‌⁠​⁠⁠‌‍​‌‍‍⁠⁠‍​‌

The squeegee system cleans the liquid off the floor, which is then collected by the recovery system. The squeegee is mounted on castors and the weight of the system presses it down on the floor.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​⁠​‌‍‌⁠​⁠⁠‌‍​‌‍‍⁠⁠‍​‌

The squeegee is attached with two quick-fastening handwheels which fit in the slots of the squeegee support. In case of fixed obstacles, the quick-fit system allows for squeegee immediate removal.

The squeegee can be raised and lowered by the operator using just their foot on the squeegee support footrest thanks to a mechanism consisting of two levers and a gas spring.

The angle of the squeegee and the correct adherence of the blades on the floor can be adjusted with a knob.

The front blade has an opening in the bottom edge so the squeegee can collect the water on the floor. The design and the central duct make it easy for the squeegee to clear the water. The bottom edge of the blade is smooth.

All 4 functional edges of each blade can be used before it needs replacing.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 180, used with permission. SES ref PF-M2IJ-H4NX‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍‍​⁠​‌‍‌⁠​⁠⁠‌‍​‌‍‍⁠⁠‍​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 180 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

(Model No.: 9087352020, 9087354020, 9087350020, 9087351020, 9087353020, 9087355020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‌‍⁠‍⁠‍‌‍​‍​‍⁠​​‍‍⁠​‍⁠‌

Photo of the squeegee assembly with callouts: gas spring, squeegee lifting/lowering pedal, squeegee adjusting knob, lower squeegee support, mounting handwheels, squeegee blades, impact deflection wheel and upper squeegee support
Fig. 1

(Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020,9087401020, 9087405020, 9087402020)

Photo of the squeegee assembly with callouts: spring, squeegee lifting/lowering pedal, squeegee adjusting knob, lower squeegee support, mounting handwheels, squeegee blades, impact deflection wheel and upper squeegee support
Fig. 2
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 181, used with permission. SES ref PF-23DD-AOGJ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‌‍⁠‍⁠‍‌‍​‍​‍⁠​​‍‍⁠​‍⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 181 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance and adjustments

Squeegee cleaning

Note: The squeegee must be clean and its blades must be in good conditions in order to get a good drying.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌‍⁠​​‌​‌​⁠⁠⁠‌​⁠⁠​​⁠​‍​

WARNING: It is advisable to wear protective gloves when cleaning the squeegee because there may be sharp debris.
  1. Drive the machine on a level floor.
  2. Ensure that the machine is off and the ignition key has been removed.
  3. Loosen the handwheels and remove the squeegee.
  4. Wash and clean the squeegee. In particular, clean the compartments (A) (Figure 2) and the vacuum hole (B). Check that the front blade (C) and the rear blade (D) are integral and free from cuts and lacerations; if necessary replace them.
  5. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
Drawing of the squeegee with an enlarged cross-section: compartments (A), vacuum hole (B), front blade (C) and rear blade (D), with arrows showing the airflow path
Fig. 3

Step 4 is printed with the reference “Figure 2”; the drawing on this page is Figure 3.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 182, used with permission. SES ref PF-UHS5-P5WE‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌‍⁠​​‌​‌​⁠⁠⁠‌​⁠⁠​​⁠​‍​
Service Manual – SC500Page 182 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Checking/replacing the squeegee blades

Note: The squeegee must be clean and its blades must be in good conditions in order to get a good drying.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‌‍​‌‍​​​⁠‍​​‌​‌​​‌⁠⁠​‍

WARNING: It is advisable to wear protective gloves when cleaning the squeegee because there may be sharp debris.
  1. Clean the squeegee as shown in the previous paragraph.
  2. Check the condition of the front (C) (Figure 3) and rear (D) blades, ensuring there are no cuts and tears; if necessary, replace them as shown below. Check that the front corner (E) of the rear blade is not worn; otherwise, turn the blade to replace the worn corner with one of the three remaining intact corners. If the other corners are worn too, replace the blade according to the following procedure:
    • Using the tab (F), release and remove the elastic strap (G) from the fasteners (H), then turn or replace the rear blade (D).
    • Install the blade in the reverse order of removal. Fix the elastic strap (G) to the fasteners (H) starting from one side. Constrain to the fastener one by one, with the hand (M) blocking the elastic strap before the fastener and pulling with the other hand (N) for fixing
    • Unscrew the handwheels (I) and remove the strap (J), then turn or replace the front blade (C).
    • Install the blade in the reverse order of removal.
  3. Install the squeegee on the support and screw down the handwheels.
  4. Lower the squeegee to the floor to check the height of the blades, proceeding as follows:
    • Check that the lip (K) of the front blade (C) and the lip (L) of the rear blade (D) are resting as shown in the figure.
    • Use the knob to make adjustments.
Drawing of the squeegee with enlarged views: blade cross-section with lips K and L and corner E, the rear blade elastic strap (G) on fasteners (H) with tab (F), hands (M) and (N) fitting the strap, and handwheels (I) with front strap (J)
Fig. 4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 183, used with permission. SES ref PF-LHUK-HIVN‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‍​‌‍​‌‍​​​⁠‍​​‌​‌​​‌⁠⁠​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 183 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

TroublePossible CausesRemedy
Suction of dirty water is insufficient or non-existentSqueegee or vacuum hose blocked or damagedClean or repair/replace
The squeegee leaves lining on the floor or does not collect waterThere is debris under the bladeRemove
Squeegee blade lips damaged or worn Parts ›Replace
Squeegee not balancedAdjust with the relevant handwheel
Squeegee will not raiseGas spring worn out.Replace.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 184, used with permission. SES ref PF-PHFG-PLSG‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‍​​​​‌​‍‍​​‌‍‍​⁠‌⁠‌​⁠‍⁠​⁠‍‌‌​‌‌‌‍⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 184 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Gas spring on the squeegee support

(Model No.: 9087352020, 9087354020, 9087350020, 9087351020, 9087353020, 9087355020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌⁠‌​⁠​​‌⁠‌​‍​‌‍​⁠​‍⁠‌​​

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor or on a hoisting system to facilitate the disassembly procedures.
  2. Lower the squeegee and remove it from the support.
  3. Unscrew the nut (A) (Figure 4), retaining the bushings, washers and spacers (B).
  4. Unscrew the screw (C), retaining the nut, washers and spacers (D).
  5. Unscrew the screw (E), retaining the nut and washers.
  6. Remove and replace the gas spring (F).

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Five photos of the squeegee support: nut (A), bushings and spacers (B), screw (C) with spacers (D), second set of spacers (D), and screw (E) with the gas spring (F)
Fig. 5
Parts for this job

Step 3 is printed with the reference “Figure 4”; the figure on this page is Figure 5.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 185, used with permission. SES ref PF-UROL-XQBF‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​​‌⁠‌​⁠​​‌⁠‌​‍​‌‍​⁠​‍⁠‌​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 185 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Spring on the squeegee support

(Model No.: 9087403020, 9087404020, 9087400020,9087401020, 9087405020, 9087402020)‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍‌​‍⁠​​​‍‌​‍⁠‍​​​​​‍‍‌

  1. Drive the machine on a level floor or on a hoisting system to facilitate the disassembly procedures.
  2. Remove the squeegee from the squeegee support (A), then lower the squeegee support by slowly to the floor.
  3. Press lighly the spring (B) then remove it with its pair of terminals.

Assembly

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly and note the following:
    • Mount the spring with its pair of terminals as shown of the picture (C).
Four photos of the squeegee support spring: the support (A), the spring (B) being pressed by a hand, and two close-ups (C) of the spring ends, the left marked OK and the right marked NO!
Fig. 6

In the figure, the bottom-left photo is marked OK and the bottom-right photo is marked NO!

Parts for this job

Corrected an obvious misprint: “squeege” printed as “squeegee” (step 2). Other wording is as printed.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 186, used with permission. SES ref PF-CJ4S-Q74L‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‍‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠‍‌​‍⁠​​​‍‌​‍⁠‍​​​​​‍‍‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 186 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Squeegee width28.3 in (720 mm)
Gas spring67 lbf (300 N)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 187, used with permission. SES ref PF-QBR5-6JNT‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠‍⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​​‌​⁠‌‍​‌​‍⁠​​​​‍‍⁠‍​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 187 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

40 - Recovery system

Functional description

In shortThe vacuum motor (M2) pulls dirty water from the squeegee into the recovery tank. If the float in the vacuum grid closes, the motor noise goes up and the floor will not be dried. The vacuum starts automatically with the One-Touch button and the vacuum button changes between full power and silent mode.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‌⁠‌‍‍‌⁠‌​‌⁠‌‌‍‍‌‍⁠‌‌‌⁠

The recovery system removes the dirty water from the floor and pipes it to a recovery tank. When the machine is running, the dirty water on the floor is collected by the squeegee blades and collected through the slots in the same, piped through the vacuum hose and into the tank by the airflow created by vacuum motor (M2). The dirty water is piped into the recovery tank, while the airflow continues to the vacuum fan.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‌⁠‌‍‍‌⁠‌​‌⁠‌‌‍‍‌‍⁠‌‌‌⁠

A tank with a grid collects the largest debris going through the recovery tank hose.

The automatic float in the vacuum grid stops vacuum system motor (M2) from collecting any liquids.

When the automatic float closes and shuts down the vacuum system, the vacuum system motor noise will increase and the floor will not be dried.

The vacuum system is activated automatically with the One-Touch button [One-Touch]. It can then be managed independently via the vacuum button [Vacuum]. The vacuum system is activated in full power or silent mode depending on the last mode in use before the machine was switched off. This mode can be changed by repeatedly pressing the vacuum button [Vacuum]. The various vacuum modes are also displayed on the multifunction display.

When the recovery tank is full it can be emptied through the drain hose.

Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 188, used with permission. SES ref PF-HHQC-LE4O‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠​​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‌⁠‌‍‍‌⁠‌​‌⁠‌‌‍‍‌‍⁠‌‌‌⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 188 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Wiring diagram

Wiring diagram: the main machine controller (EB1) box with terminals B+ at top and B- at bottom, and VA+ and VA- on the right feeding the vacuum system motor (M2)
Fig. 1
BlockTerminalLabel printed on drawing
Main machine controller (EB1)B+(no text printed)
Main machine controller (EB1)VA+Vacuum system power supply +
Main machine controller (EB1)VA-Vacuum system power supply -
Main machine controller (EB1)B-(no text printed)
Vacuum system motor (M2)M2Connected to VA+ and VA-
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 189, used with permission. SES ref PF-I3W5-2SET‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠‌​​​‌​‍‍​‌​⁠‌‍⁠‍‍‍⁠‍‍​​⁠‌‌‍​‌‍‍‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 189 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Component locations

In shortThe recovery system is the recovery tank with its cover and cover gasket, a vacuum grid with an automatic shut-off float, a debris container, and the vacuum motor (M2) in its protection case (Fig. 3). Figures 2 and 3 show where each part sits.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​‍‌⁠⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍​⁠⁠⁠‌​​​​​​‌
Open recovery tank with labels pointing to the cover gasket, recovery tank cover, container with debris collection grid, recovery tank, and the vacuum grid with automatic shut-off float
Fig. 2
Side of the machine with labels pointing to the vacuum motor (M2), squeegee vacuum hose, motor protection case, and recovery water drain hose
Fig. 3
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 190, used with permission. SES ref PF-BFZY-NRR7‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠‍​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍​‍‌⁠⁠‌⁠‌⁠‍​⁠⁠⁠‌​​​​​​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 190 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance and adjustments

Recovery tank cleaning

  1. Drive the machine to the appointed disposal area.
  2. Drain the water from the tank using the drain hose.
  3. Lift the recovery tank cover.
  4. Clean the vacuum grid (B) (Figure 4), release the fasteners (A), open the grid (B) and recover the float (C), then clean carefully and reinstall.
  5. Remove the debris collection tank (D) and open its cover, then clean it carefully.
  6. Reinstall it on the vacuum hose.
  7. Reinstall the debris collection tank on the rigid tube in the tank.
  8. Check the condition of the tank cover gasket (E).

Note: The gasket (E) creates the vacuum in the tank that is necessary to vacuum up the recovery water.‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍​​​‌‌‍​‍​​‍⁠‌⁠⁠​‌‌‍​‌

  1. If necessary, replace the gasket (E) by removing it from its housing (F). When fitting the new gasket, position the joint (G) in the area shown in the figure.
  2. Check that the seating surface (H) of the gasket (E) is in good condition, clean and suitable to form a seal with the gasket itself.
  3. Close the cover.
Line drawing of the recovery tank with lettered callouts: fasteners A, vacuum grid B, float C, debris collection tank D, cover gasket E, gasket housing F, gasket joint G and seating surface H
Fig. 4
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 191, used with permission. SES ref PF-3LV6-2DBW‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​‍⁠⁠⁠​​​‌​‍‍​⁠‍‍​​​‌‌‍​‍​​‍⁠‌⁠⁠​‌‌‍​‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 191 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting

TroublePossible causesRemedy
The vacuum motor will not turn onWiring between Main machine controller (EB1) and vacuum motor (M2) damagedRepair
User interface controller (EB3) faultyReplace
Vacuum motor faultyCheck the amperage Parts ›
Suction of dirty water is insufficient or non-existentActivation of automatic float shut-offDrain the recovery tank
Debris collection filter dirtyClean
Vacuum grid with automatic float shut-off dirtyClean
Tank cover not correctly positionedAdjust
Tank cover seal damaged or not working correctlyClean or replace Parts ›
Vacuum motor container dirtyClean
Vacuum seals damaged or not working correctlyRepair or replace Parts ›
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 192, used with permission. SES ref PF-B6DY-GA2X‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​​​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‌​‍‌‍⁠‍‌‍‍‌‍⁠​⁠⁠⁠⁠​⁠​‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 192 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Vacuum motor current draw test

WARNING: This procedure must be performed by qualified personnel only.
  1. Apply the amperometric clamp (A) to a cable (B) of the batteries (Figure 5).
  2. Turn on the machine by the key and the button [Power].
  3. Activate the vacuum by pressing the vacuum button [Vacuum].
  4. Activate the vacuum and check that the current draw of the vacuum motor is between 13 and 17A at 24V.
    Stop the vacuum.
    Remove the amp clamp (A).
    If the amperage is higher, perform the following procedures to detect and correct the abnormal amperage:
    • Remove the vacuum motor (see the procedure in the Vacuum Motor paragraph), and check the condition of all its components.
    If the above-mentioned procedures do not produce the correct readings for the vacuum motor amperage, the motor must be replaced (see the procedure in the Vacuum Motor paragraph).
Amperometric clamp (A) applied around a battery cable (B) on the machine
Fig. 5
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 193, used with permission. SES ref PF-HZTF-H7Q3‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​​‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠⁠‍‌‌‌‌​⁠​‌⁠‍⁠‌​​​⁠‍​​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 193 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Removal and installation

Vacuum motor unit

Removal

  1. Remove the ignition key.
  2. Disconnect the red battery connector.
  3. If present, drain the recovery tank, then lift it.
  4. Remove the cover (A) (Figure 6), then disconnect the connector (B).
Two photos: the cover (A) over the battery area, and the connector (B) with its wiring
Fig. 6
  1. Unscrew the 4 screws (C) (Figure 7) and remove the case (D).
  2. Unscrew the screw (E) holding the vacuum motor wiring.
  3. Unscrew the 4 screws (F) and remove the vacuum motor unit (G).

Installation

  1. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Two photos: the motor case (D) held by 4 screws (C) with the wiring screw (E), and the vacuum motor unit (G) held by 4 screws (F)
Fig. 7
Parts for this job
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 194, used with permission. SES ref PF-4V2W-2AWB‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​​‍​​​‌​‍‍​​⁠​⁠⁠‍‌‌⁠‌⁠‌​‍​​⁠‍‌‌​‍​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 194 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Container and vacuum motor disassembly/assembly

Disassembly

  1. Remove the ignition key.
  2. Disconnect the red battery connector.
  3. If present, drain the recovery tank, then lift it.
  4. Unscrew the 4 screws (A) (Figure 8) and remove the case (B).
  5. Unscrew the screw (C) holding the vacuum motor wiring.
  6. Unscrew the 4 screws (D) and remove the vacuum motor unit (E).
Two photos: the case (B) held by 4 screws (A) with the wiring screw (C), and the vacuum motor unit (E) held by 4 screws (D)
Fig. 8
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 195, used with permission. SES ref PF-H3TP-CLQY‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​​⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌⁠‌​​‍‌‍⁠⁠​‌⁠​​⁠‍‍​​‍​⁠‌
Service Manual – SC500Page 195 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Unscrew the 4 screws (F) and cut the retaining strap (G) (Figure 9).
  2. Remove the external soundproofing support (H) from the internal soundproofing support (I).
  3. Clean any dirt from the space between the two containers.
  4. Remove the seal (J) and the internal support (K).
  5. Clean any dirt from the space between the container and the motor.
Two photos: 4 screws (F), retaining strap (G) and external soundproofing support (H); then the internal soundproofing support (I), seal (J) and internal support (K)
Fig. 9
  1. Cut the strap (L) and disconnect the power supply (M) (Figure 10).
  2. Remove the motor (N).
Vacuum motor (N) with its strap (L) and power supply connector (M)
Fig. 10
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 196, used with permission. SES ref PF-Z45Y-7WWM‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‌​​​​‌​‍‍​‌​‌‌​⁠⁠​‌‌‍​⁠⁠‌‌⁠⁠⁠‌​​​​
Service Manual – SC500Page 196 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL
  1. Clean and check the condition of all seals (O) (Figure 11); replace them if necessary.
Exploded view of the vacuum motor container, seals, and motor with three callouts (O) marking the seals
Fig. 11

Assembly

  1. Check that all components are reassembled with the correct polarity and orientation.
  2. Assemble the components in the reverse order of disassembly.
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 197, used with permission. SES ref PF-SFFI-ZKWS‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‌‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‍‍‌‌‍​‌⁠​‌‌‌​​‍​‌⁠​‌‌‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 197 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Specifications

Description / ModelSC500
DISCREV
Recovery tank capacity12 US gal (45 L)
Vacuum motor technical data0.37 hp (280 W)
20.8A VDC 24V
Vacuum circuit capacity29.9 in H2O (760 mm H2O)
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 198, used with permission. SES ref PF-2KCV-KD7K‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‌‍​​​‌​‍‍​‍‍⁠⁠​‌⁠‌⁠​⁠‍‍⁠‌⁠‌⁠‌​‌‌‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 198 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

90 - Options

DescriptionIllustration
Ecoflex kit (EU model only)
  • Detergent tank
  • Insert-dry brake
  • Cap
  • Refill cap
  • Hose
  • Pump detergent mix (piston pump for the old models)
  • Pump detergent mix (peristaltic pump for the new models)
  • Sensor water level
  • Support sensor
  • Hardware
Ecoflex kit parts laid out: detergent tank, pump, cap, hose, level sensor, cable ties, Nilfisk SC500 ecoflex labels and hardware
Ecoflex kit
Battery charger kit (EU model only)
  • Charger extention UK / EU
  • Cable tie plug
  • Charger battery
  • Support battery charger
  • Hardware
Battery charger kit parts laid out: charger, power cords for UK and EU, cable ties, instruction sheet, bracket and hardware
Battery charger kit
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 199, used with permission. SES ref PF-43RE-CZSH‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‌⁠​​​‌​‍‍​‌⁠⁠​⁠‍‌⁠‍​‍⁠‌​‌‌‌⁠‍‌⁠​​⁠
Service Manual – SC500Page 199 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Vacuum system motor kit (all version)

  • Vacuum motor group
  • Tie cable
Vacuum motor group in its housing with wiring harness, and a cable tie
Vacuum system motor kit

USB kit

Model No.: 9087412020, 9087411020, 9087410020‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍⁠‌‌⁠‌‍​‍‍​‍​‌‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌‌​‍

  • USB cable
  • Plate
  • Hardware
USB kit parts laid out: wiring harness, USB cable, cable ties, mounting plate and screws
USB kit
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 200, used with permission. SES ref PF-NY5Q-2HQZ‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‍​​​​‌​‍‍​‌‍⁠‌‌⁠‌‍​‍‍​‍​‌‍⁠‌⁠⁠‌‌​‍
Service Manual – SC500Page 200 of 201
SERVICE MANUAL

Trackclean kit-US (Advance)

  • Kit-US with reader
  • Kit-US without reader

Trackclean kit-EU (Nilfisk)

  • Kit-EU with reader
  • Kit-EU without reader
Trackclean kit parts: tracking unit with cable, two key fobs and reader, bracket, cable ties, alcohol wipe and screw
Trackclean kit
Source: Advance SC500 Service Manual 9099984000 Rev. 01/2015 revised 06/2021 (G), page 201, used with permission. SES ref PF-H623-DRM2‌‌​⁠​‍⁠⁠‌‍‍⁠‌‍‍‌​​⁠​​​​​⁠​‍‌​​​‌​‍‍​‍⁠‌‍‍‍⁠⁠‍⁠‌‌‌​⁠‍⁠‌‌‍‌​‌​
Service Manual – SC500Page 201 of 201

Advance is a trademark of Nilfisk, Inc. Southeastern Equipment & Supply is an independent dealer.